BSC MMI Commands

BASE SITE CONTROLLER (BSC)
BSC MMI COMMANDS
General Release
System Release R9.8 68P81132E13-O ECCN 5E992
COPYRIGHT Copyright 2002 Motorola, Inc. All Rights Reserved This manual may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, in any form whatsoever, without the express written permission of Motorola, Inc.
NOTICE The Motorola products described in this manual contain one or more computer programs. The use of these computer programs is governed by the terms and conditions of a corresponding license agreement with Motorola, Inc. In addition, these computer programs are protected by copyright law and international treaties. Unauthorized reproduction, modication, or distribution of these programs, or any part thereof, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. U.S. and international patents pending.
TRADEMARKS
, Motorola, and iDEN are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun Logo, Ultra, and Ultra Enterprise are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. UNIX is a trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Open Software Foundation, OSF and Motif are trademarks of Open Software Foundation, Inc. in the United States and other countries. X Window System is a trademark of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the United States and other countries. Brio is a registered trademark and BrioQuery is a trademark of Brio Technology, Inc.
LIABILITY While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola, Inc. assumes no liability resulting from any omissions in this document, or from use of the information obtained herein. The information in this document has been carefully checked and is believed to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies. Motorola, Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein to improve reliability, function, or design, and reserves the right to revise this document and to make changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Motorola, Inc. does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey license under its patent rights or the rights of others.
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
Contents
About This Manual I-1 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Introduction 1-1 Configuration management 2-1 Device management 3-1 Display 4-1 Fault management 5-1 Statistics 6-1 Call trace 7-1 Miscellaneous 8-1 Non-statistical parameters A-1 Statistical parameters B-1 Device and function definitions C-1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 GR
CONTENTS
BSC MMI Commands
This page intentionally left blank.
ii
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02GR
About This Manual
NOTICE
This manual describes the Base Site Controller (BSC) MMI Commands for System Software Release R9.8.
chapter contents Purpose of Manual Target Audience Related Manuals Organization of this Manual Documentation Conventions Used in this Manual Error and Concerns Reporting 2 2 2 3 4 4
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
Global Telecom Solutions Sector 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196
I-1
BSC MMI Commands
Purpose of Manual
This manual serves as a reference manual for the MMI commands available to the service technician or installer for control and communications of the iDEN Base Site Controller (BSC). These commands are responsible for the following specic tasks: Initialization Conguration Management Device Management Fault Management Statistics Call Processing
I-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Target Audience
The information in this manual is intended for use by the BSC craftsperson(s) in the installation and maintenance of the iDEN Base Site Controller (BSC). It is assumed that the user of this information has a general understanding of telephony, as used in the operation of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and is familiar with these concepts as they are applied in the iDEN Communications System. The user, however, is not expected to have any detailed technical knowledge of the internal operation of the equipment.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
I-3
BSC MMI Commands
Related Manuals
The following manuals may be required to supplement the information contained in this manual: iDEN Base Site Controller (BSC) Service Manual 68P81090E70-D
I-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Organization of this Manual

This manual is organized as a reference manual for the BSC MMI Commands. The commands are grouped by function (e.g., Conguration Management, Display, etc.) and are separated by tabs corresponding to the function. The following listing describes the major sections of this manual. Also, refer to Chapter 1 Introduction for a detailed explanation of how the commands are presented in this manual. Chapter
1
Function
N/A Conguration Management Commands Device Management Commands Display Commands Fault Management Commands Statitics Commands Call Trace Commands Miscellaneous Commands N/A
Description
Explains what MMI commands are and the format used to present the command syntax in this manual. Describes commands used to congure the system database. This includes commands used before and after SYSGEN. Describes commands used to congure various devices within the system. Describes commands used to display specic information. This provides a method to view the contents of the CM database. Describes commands used to interpret faults.
6 7 8
Describes commands used for statistical purposes. Describes commands relating to monitoring call processing. Describes utility commands for use by the MMI command user. Provides a listing of functional denitions for all non-statistical parameters used to congure the BSC system. Provides a listing of functional denitions for all statistical parameters used to congure the BSC system. Describes the usage of all devices and functions used with the MMI commands.
Appendix A
Appendix B
N/A
Appendix C
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
I-5
BSC MMI Commands
Documentation Conventions Used in this Manual

The following typographic conventions are used in this manual to present computer terminal input and output and/or UNIX terminology: UNIX Conventions Boldface sans serif characters are used in descriptive text to represent path names or commands. Regular sans serif characters are used to indicate les. <italic> characters enclosed in <> are used to indicate a token for part of a path name.
I-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Error and Concerns Reporting

Any errors or concerns about this manual or its contents should be reported via the survey form provided at the beginning of this manual. Please be sure to add your name and phone number so we can follow up with you.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
I-7
BSC MMI Commands
I-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
1 1 Introduction
MMI commands
Man-Machine Interface commands are used for communication between the service technician or installer, and the Base Site Controller (BSC). In the BSC, MMI commands are responsible for these specic tasks: initialization process on-line conguration change conguration management device management fault management statistics call processing
Initialization process
During the Initialization Process (IP), also known as SYSGEN, code is loaded into the BSC from any one of these sources: GPROC Operation and Maintenance Center (OMC) TTY port (via service computer) Code is typically loaded when the BSC is reset, existing code is damaged, or when a new version of code must be loaded.
On-line Conguration Change

On-line Conguration Change is used in order to change the BSC conguration without taking the BSC out-of-service. The script with new conguration is downloaded to the BSC with the use of a background download feature. The BSC conguration is changed by OMC-R commands.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-1
CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION
BSC MMI Commands
BSC system features

On-line Conguration Change
On-line Conguration Change (OLCC) is invoked by OMC-R commands. OLCC allows the user to change certain BSC parameters without taking the BSC out-of-service. Only commands located in the delta_only and delta_init sections of the conguration script are executed during OLCC. The section type can be determined by special MMI commands. During OLCC the BSC parses the conguration script twice. In the rst pass, the BSC executes: the commands which delete resources certain change commands that are executed as corresponding delete commands All transactions using the deleted resources will be dropped. Other commands are skipped during this pass. In the second pass, the BSC executes the commands which either add or change resources. Some change commands are executed as corresponding add commands.
Conguration management
After SYSGEN, MMI commands are used to congure, modify, or display the Conguration Management (CM) database. Not all areas can be modied after SYSGEN.
Device management
In addition, MMI commands may be used to congure, modify, or display the administrative state of various devices and functions.
Information display
Some MMI commands allow you to display specic information about the CM database and other BSC data.
1-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Fault management
MMI commands provide useful tools for Fault Management (FM). By conguring the system to monitor specic functions or devices, you may control: what alarms to report how alarms are reported when alarms are reported
Statistics
Statistical MMI commands provide information about the system. Statistics can be enabled for display or modication of specic cells or devices.
Call tracing
Call trace MMI commands provide a window to the system, allowing the user to monitor or debug specic system operations.
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous MMI commands are available to the user that provide system utility functions.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-3
BSC MMI Commands
Other features
Security management
The BSC implements a three level security management system for strict access control. Each level (1, 2, or 3) is accessed through means of a unique password. This helps ensure only authorized persons are permitted to access, congure, or monitor the system. The security levels are dened as:
Level 1 A limited set of basic commands are available to the user, relating mainly to system monitoring capabilities. At this level, users are not permitted to change the security level password. All commands are available to the user, permitting system monitoring and system administration capabilities. This level allows passwords for security levels 1 and 2 to be changed. This level permits access to the same set of commands as security level 2. In addition, users may use the executive monitor to view system diagnostic messages.
Level 2
Level 3
Password changes
Passwords may only be changed by users that have a security level of 2 or higher; passwords may not be changed at level 1. Password changes may only be accomplished through the use of the chg_password command.
Security level changes

Authorized users are permitted to change security levels, once in the system, by entering the appropriate password. Security level changes may only be accomplished through the use of the chg_level command.
1-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Command classications
Various database elds may be affected whenever MMI commands are executed. The types of elds affected are largely dependent on the command classication. Each commands classication is shown in its description.
SYSGEN This command is only available during system initialization (SYSGEN). SYSGEN commands are used in the conguration script. This command is only available after system initialization (Recent Change). This command is available both during and after system initialization, but can not be used in OLCC. This command is available only during OLCC. OLCC commands are used in the conguration script. This command is available only during the system initialization (SYSGEN) or during On-line Conguration Change (OLCC). SYSGEN/OLCC commands are used in the conguration script. This command is available during and after the system initialization and during OLCC.
RC SYSGEN/RC OLCC
SYSGEN/OLCC
SYSGEN/RC/OLCC
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-5
BSC MMI Commands
Typical reference page

The information for each command appearing in this document is presented in a similar manner. The following pages describe the typical format for a command.
1-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Description
Descriptive text
Each command appearing in this manual contains a brief description. This allows you to quickly ip through the pages to read and understand the function of any MMI command.
Quick-reference table
Immediately following the description is a table that denes the basic features of the command, such as: availability security level classication related commands The table below shows an example of a quick-reference table for the chg_level command. The features appearing in this table are described in the text immediately following this example table.
BSC Availability Security level Classication Related commands RXCDR E-BSC E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_level on page 4-62
Availability
Availability refers to location from which the command may be executed. This may include the BSC, Enhanced BSC (E-BSC), remote transcoder (RXCDR), and/or Enhanced remote transcoder (E-RXCDR).
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-7
BSC MMI Commands
Security level
This entry shows the required security level the user must enter to access this command. This is an indication of the minimum level required to access the command. The security levels were dened earlier in this chapter. If the desired command is available only at a higher security level, users may change security levels to access that command. Although, this assumes the user knows the appropriate password and is authorized to use it.
Classication
The command classication is determined by the availability of the command. This includes pre-SYSGEN and/or post-SYSGEN (recent change).
Related commands
Any commands that display, affect, or modify the conditions of the command described are listed here. Included in the reference is the page number for quick-reference. When there are no related commands, it is noted accordingly.
1-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Format
The command format, or syntax, is presented for each command. Note the requirements described below relating to command format.
Command keywords
Command keyword strings appear in bold-faced characters. Compound keywords are separated with an underscore (_) and must be typed exactly as they appear within this document.
EXAMPLE: disp_channel
Case sensitive
The format of all MMI commands is case-sensitive. They must be typed in lowercase; exactly as they appear within this document. Exceptions to this requirement include device names, function names, and statistical parameter names with specic commands (clear_stats/ disp_stats). These must be entered in uppercase.
EXAMPLE: disp_device <DEVICE> <device_id1>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-9
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
Most commands require the entry of parameters that alter or further dene the denition of the command. Note the requirements described below relating to parameters.
Parameter conventions
Parameters are presented in italics. When multiple parameters are presented, they are separated by spaces.
Required parameters
Required parameters are enclosed in angle brackets <>.
EXAMPLE: command <parameter>
Or parameters
Some commands allow you to choose between one or more parameters. In these cases, the selectable parameters are separated by by the pipe symbol |. Note that the choices are mutually exclusive (i.e., you may choose only one of the parameters, but not both). In the example below, you may choose either parameter_A or parameter_B, but not both.
EXAMPLE: command <parameter_A> | <parameter_B>
Optional parameters Basic Usage

Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets [ ]. EXAMPLE: command [param_1] In the above example, the command may be issued alone or along with the optional param_1.
1-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
"Optionally Required" Parameters

In some cases, optional parameters are enclosed in both square brackets [ ] and angle brackets < >. The combination of square brackets and angle brackets creates a special usage relationship between the parameters. Three examples follow to illustrate the combination usage of square and angle brackets.
<param_4>]
EXAMPLE 1: command <param_1> [<param_2> <param_3>
In Example 1, param_1 is required and must always be entered. param_2, param_3, and param_4 comprise an optional parameter string (since they are enclosed within square brackets). However, since each parameter is also enclosed within angle brackets, if you wish to enter one of the parameters, you must also enter the other two (e.g., if you wish to enter param_3, then you must also enter param_2 and param_4).
<param_4>]
EXAMPLE 2: command [<param_1>] [<param_2> <param_3>
In Example 2, param_1 is optional (now enclosed in square brackets) and param_2, param_3, and param_4 comprise an optional parameter string (also enclosed in square brackets). param_1 may be entered alone (optional) or it may be entered along with the optional parameter string (param_2, param_3, and param_4). As in Example 1, if you wish to enter any parameter in the string, you must enter all parameters in the string. Additionally, if you wish to enter the parameter string, you must also enter param_1 (since it is enclosed in square and angle brackets and is positioned to the left of the parameter string).
<param_4>]
EXAMPLE 3: command [param_1] [<param_2> <param_3>
In Example 3, note that the angle brackets have been removed from param_1. This means that you may enter param_1 alone, the parameter string alone (param_2, param_3, and param_4), or param_1 and the parameter string together. The elimination of the angle brackets around param_1 removes the requirement of entering param_1 if you wish to enter the parameter string.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-11
BSC MMI Commands
Elements
Some optional parameters may also include entries in angle brackets <>. This means that the entry is optional for some elements, but required by other elements.
EXAMPLE: command [<parameter_1>]
Optional parameters are actually required for the proper use of many of the commands (especially with generic commands like chg_element). EXAMPLE: cell_number, board_id, index(es), group number (for devices, timeslots, etc.). Use of these parameters depends on the specific element name requirements and /or individual user needs.
Index numbers
Certain parameters require index numbers. The index number is entered along with the parameter/element name. Index numbers can be entered on a command line or in response to a prompt. For the following command example, the second parameter requires an index number:
EXAMPLE: command <parameter_1> [parameter_2]
In this example, the second parameter, which is optional, requires an index number. The user enters:
EXAMPLE: command 27 parameter_2, 5 34
An index number with a value of 5 is entered in this example, along with the second parameter. A comma separates the parameter name from the index number.
Entering numeric values

Numeric values may be entered with MMI commands in the following forms: binary decimal hexadecimal
1-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Binary numbers consist of the digits 0 and 1 and must have a b or B at the end. Decimal numbers consist of the digits 0-9. Hexadecimal numbers consist of the digits 0-9 and A-F (upper or lower case) and must have an h or H at the end. Since all numbers must begin with a numeric character, hexadecimal values that start with A-F must be preceded by a 0. For example, if the value was FFh, the user must enter 0FFh (or 0ffh since uppercase is not required). The maximum allowable ranges for numeric values are:
Binary Decimal Hex
0b-11111111111111111111111111111111b 0-4292967295 0h-0FFFFFFFFh
iDEN cell ID
The iDEN Cell ID uniquely identies an iDEN cell in the iDEN system. The iDEN Cell ID is broken into the following seven parameters, or tokens:
EXAMPLE: <MCC digit 1> <MCC digit 2> <MCC digit 3> <MNC
digit 1> <MNC digit 2> <LAC> <CI>
Where: MCC = Mobile Country Code or geographic area codes. MNC = Mobile Network Code assigned to the PLMN LAC = Location Area Code CI = Cell Identity For the following command:
EXAMPLE: <parameter_1> <esmr_cell_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-13
BSC MMI Commands
The iDEN Cell ID has the following values: MCC=001 MNC=02 LAC=0003 CI=123 The user enters:
EXAMPLE: command 27 0 0 1 0 2 3 123
The rst parameter, 27 is the value for <parameter _1>. The next seven parameters represent the gsm_cell_id. The value 0 is MCC digit 1. The value 2 is MNC digit 2. The LAC is 3. The CI is 123.
1-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Examples
Provides at least one example of the command entry and system response.
Entry
A typical example, using selected variables, appears. This gives the reader an understanding of typical command usage.
EXAMPLE: add_channel 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 5
Response
Most commands have the following response when successfully executed:
COMMAND ACCEPTED
If a command returns a more detailed response than COMMAND ACCEPTED , it is noted accordingly. Many display commands may not print this response.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-15
BSC MMI Commands
Alphabetical Listing of Commands

add_cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 add_channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 add_cic_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 add_circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 add_ebts_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 add_span_nail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 add_span_nailpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 add_xbl_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 auto_vp_flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 bsc_audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 cage_audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 chg_audit_sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 chg_cell_id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 chg_channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 chg_channel_olcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 chg_cic_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 chg_cic_conn_olcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 chg_circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 chg_circuit_olcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 chg_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 chg_ebts_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 chg_element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 chg_esmr_olcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 chg_ksw_config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 chg_level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 chg_msi_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 chg_omc_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 chg_password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 chg_subrate_olcc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 chg_time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 clear_database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 clear_gclk_avgs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 clear_stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 comment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 del_cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 del_channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 1-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
del_cic_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 del_circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 del_db_script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 del_ebts_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63 del_span_nail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 del_subrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 del_xbl_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68 device_audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 disable_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 disp_act_cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 disp_audit_sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 disp_auto_vp_flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 disp_bsc_stat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 disp_bsp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 disp_cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 disp_channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 disp_checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 disp_cic_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 disp_cic_use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 disp_circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 disp_dev_stat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 disp_device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 disp_dsp_reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 disp_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36 disp_ebts_dte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 disp_element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 disp_env_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 disp_equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 disp_func_stat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 disp_function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 disp_gclk_avgs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52 disp_gclk_cal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 disp_interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 disp_ksw_config . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 disp_kswx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 disp_lcf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 disp_level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 disp_mcap_gproc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 disp_msi_alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 disp_nail_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 disp_num_ebts_dl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-17
BSC MMI Commands
disp_obj_info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 disp_omc_net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 disp_options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 disp_plp_net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 disp_rf_cr_cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 disp_span_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 disp_span_tdm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 disp_span_use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 disp_stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 disp_stats_intrvl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 disp_subrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 disp_tdm_use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85 disp_time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87 disp_version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 disp_vpr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89 disp_xbl_conn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92 disp_xcdr_bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93 disp_xcdr_types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 disp_xcdr_use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 enable_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 end_delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 equip_device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 equip_function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 fill_subrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70 find_sccp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 ftp_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 ftp_query_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 ftp_report_bsc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 ftp_report_cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 ftp_report_dev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 ftp_severity_lvl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 ftp_trans_bsc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 ftp_trans_cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 ftp_trans_dev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6 history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 lock_device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 manual_sysgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73 phase_locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 query_audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 reset_bsc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 1-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
restart_mon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 sar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 set_dsp_reld_flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 set_num_ebts_dl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76 set_span_alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25 set_span_clk_ref . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 set_span_length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78 set_xcdr_bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 soft_sysgen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81 start_db_build . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-82 start_delta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 stats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48 sysgen_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83 tdm_conn_test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 test_vp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 time_stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 trace_call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 unalias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 unlock_device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 vp_sched_aud_off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
1-19
BSC MMI Commands
1-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
2 2 Conguration
management
Introduction
The BSC Conguration Management (CM) commands allow: conguration of the Base Station System modication of the CM database population of database during SYSGEN
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-1
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
add_cell
Description
Adds cell information to the CM database.
level 2 SYSGEN/OLCC chg_cell_id on page 2-17 chg_esmr_olcc on page 2-43 del_cell on page 2-57 disp_cell on page 4-8
Format
add_cell <location>
Parameters
NOTE
The location parameter is specied when the command is entered, however other parameters are required which are entered in response to system prompts. For the esmr_cell_id parameter, the rst 5 tokens have a range of 0 to 15 (inclusive), and tokens 6 and 7 have a range of 0 to 65,535 (inclusive).
location
1 - 80
Indicates the Enhanced Base Transceiver System (EBTS) at which the new cell is located.
2-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_cell
Example
This example uses a location parameter value of 1 for the EBTS site. The following prompts appear for the remaining parameter elements. Each prompt requires entry of an element name, an equal sign (=), and the element value. This command may be aborted by typing done as a response to any prompt.
NOTE
Refer to Appendix A for acceptable ranges for each element name.
add_cell 2
Enter ESMR Cell ID 1: esmr_cell_id_1= 0 0 1 0 1 35 100 Enter ESMR Cell ID 2 (optional): Enter ESMR Cell ID 3 (optional): E n t e r t h e L o c a l C e l l I D : local_cell_id=8 E n t e r C L M o v e r l o a d s t e p s : overload_step=10 Enter the SSM intra cell handover allowed: intra_cell_handover_allowed=1 Enter the SSM inter cell handover allowed: inter_cell_handover_allowed=1 Enter the SSM external cell handover allowed: extrl_cell_handover_allowed=1 E n t e r t h e S S M n u m b e r o f p r e f e r r e d c e l l s : number_of_preferred_cells = 6 Enter the SSM handover required reject switch: handover_required_reject_switch = 0 E n t e r t h e s u b r a t e _ t r u n k i n g _ f l a g : subrate_trunking_flag=on E n t e r t h e S S M t i m e r v a l u e : ssmpc_timer_value, 0=30000 E n t e r t h e S C C P c o m m o n c o n t r o l c h a n n e l c o n f i g u r a t i o n : ccch_conf =1 Enter the SCCP number of paging subchannels: bs_ag_blks_res=3
COMMAND ACCEPTED: status = 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-3
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_channel
BSC MMI Commands
add_channel
Description
Adds a trafc channel between two sites.
BSC Availability Security level Classication Related commands
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC chg_channel on page 2-19 chg_channel_olcc on page 2-21 del_channel on page 2-58 disp_channel on page 4-9
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
add_channel <msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_number_a>
<group_number_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b> <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
msi_id_a span_id_a
0-71 0-1 Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link a is located. Device ID of span link a. Species timeslot on T1 link a. Species timeslot on E1 link a. Species the group the timeslot is in at the BSC. Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link b is located. Device ID of span link b.
timeslot_number_a 0-23 (T1)

0-31 (E1)
group_number_a msi_id_b span_id_b
0-3 0-71 0-1
2-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_channel
timeslot_number_b 0-23 (T1)

0-31 (E1)
Species timeslot on span link b. Species timeslot on span link b. Value identifying the ID of the circuit which corresponds to the channel being added. Remote site ID of the CP-BSC site.
circuit_id remote_site_id
0-65535 1-255
Example
This example adds a trafc channel between two sites.
add_channel 0 1 0 0 0 1 10 15 53
This example uses the parameter values listed in the following table:
Parameter: Value:
0 1 0 0 0 1 10 15 53
msi_id_a span_id_a timeslot_number_a group_number_a msi_id_b span_id_b timeslot_number_b circuit_id remote_site_id
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-5
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_cic_conn
BSC MMI Commands
add_cic_conn
Description
For E-XCDR: Adds trunk circuits to timeslots on a span line in the Conguration Management (CM) database. For E-BSC: Adds trunk circuit IDs to the Conguration Management (CM) database.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC chg_cic_conn on page 2-23 chg_cic_conn_olcc on page 2-25 del_cic_conn on page 2-60 disp_cic_conn on page 4-12
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
For E-BSC System: add_cic_conn <start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id> For E-RXCDR System: add_cic_conn <start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id>
<msi_id><span_id><start_ts>
Parameters
start_cic num_of_cic
0-65535 1-500 1-32 (E1) 1-24 (T1) 1-255 0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Starting circuit identity code. Number of cic to equip (for E-BSC) Number of cic to equip (for E-RXCDR on E1) Number of cic to equip (for E-RXCDR on T1) Remote site ID associated with CIC. Device ID of the MSI card. Device ID of the SPAN line. Starting 64kbps time slot.
remote_site_id msi_id span_id start_ts
2-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE
When command is used for an E-RXCDR, all parameters are required. When used for an E-BSC, only start_cic, num_of_cic, and remote_site_id parameters are required.
Example 1
This example adds terrestrial circuits (from 3000 to 3019) in CM database for an E-BSC system.
add_cic_conn 3000 20 50
Parameter Value
3000 20 50
<start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id>
Example 2
This example adds terrestrial circuits (from 3000 to 3002) to span line 13 0 on timeslots 12, 13, 14 on a remote site ID of 54 for an E-RXCDR system.
add_cic_conn 3000 3 54 13 0 12
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-7
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter Value
3000 3 54 13
<start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id> <msi_id>
<span_id> <start_ts>
0 12
2-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_ebts_dte
add_ebts_dte
Description
Sets the DTE address on the X.25 links that an Enhanced Base Transceiver System (EBTS) uses to communicate with the OMC (via the BSC).
level 2 SYSGEN chg_ebts_dte on page 2-29 chg_omc_dte on page 2-48 disp_ebts_dte on page 4-38
Format
add_ebts_dte <ebts_no> <ebts_addr_length> <address_byte1>. . .
<address_byte14> <omc_address_length> <address_byte1> . . . <address_byte14>
Parameters
ebts_no ebts_addr_length address_byte omc_addr_length
1-80 7 or 14 0-255 7 or 14 EBTS site to use this link. Number of bytes in the EBTS address. Value of a particular address byte. Number of bytes in the OMC address.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-9
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_ebts_dte
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example sets a DTE address on the X.25 links that EBTS 2 uses to communicate with the OMC (via the BSC).
add_ebts_dte 2 14 3 1 6 0 1 2 0 0 4 1 0 3 0 2 14 3 1 6 0 1 2 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 3
0 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h 3 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h 5 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 51h 00h
Parameter Value
2 14 31601200410302 14 31601200310003
ebts_no ebts_addr_length address_byte omc_addr_length address_byte
2-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_span_nail
add_span_nail
Description
Establishes a span nail connection between two span timeslots.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
del_span_nail on page 2-64 disp_nail_conn on page 4-65
Format
add_span_nail <msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_a> <msi_id_b>
<span_id_b> <timeslot_b>
Parameters
msi_id_a span_id_a timeslot_a
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link a is located. Device ID of span link a. Species timeslot on span link a. Species timeslot on span link a. Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link b is located. Device ID of span link b. Species timeslot on span link b. Species timeslot on span link b.
msi_id_b span_id_b timeslot_b
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-11
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_span_nail
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example establishes a nailed connection between two span timeslots.
add_span_nail 0 1 0 1 1 0
Parameter Value
0 1 0 1 1
<msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_b>
2-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_span_nailpipe
add_span_nailpipe
Description
This command establishes a group of nailed connections between two span links. It is used to nail E-OML channels that have a bandwidth between 128 kbps and 384 kbps. (Use add_span_nail to nail 64 kbps channels.)
level 2 SYSGEN add_span_nail on page 2-11
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
add_span_nailpipe <msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_a> <msi_id_b>
<span_id_b> <timeslot_b> <nail_bandwidth>
Parameters
msi_id_a span_id_a timeslot_a
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link a is located. Device ID of span link a. Species timeslot on span link a. Species timeslot on span link a. Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link b is located. Device ID of span link b. Species timeslot on span link b. Species timeslot on span link b. Species number of nail bandwidth, starting from 2 DSOs (128 Kbps) up to 6 DSOs (384 Kbps).
msi_id_b span_id_b timeslot_b
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1)
nail_bandwidth
2-6
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-13
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_span_nailpipe
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example establishes a group of nail connections between two span links.
add_span_nail 1 0 2 3 1 1 6
Parameter Value
1 0 2 3 1
<msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_b> <nail_bandwidth>
1 6
2-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_xbl_conn
add_xbl_conn
Description
Adds XBL connectivity information between the RXCDR and BSCs.
level 2 SYSGEN
del_xbl_conn on page 2-68 disp_xbl_conn on page 4-92
Format
add_xbl_conn <xbl_id> <msi_id> <span_id>
Parameters
xbl_id msi_id span_id
0-31 0-71 0-1 XBL ID for which connectivity information is being added. Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the following span link is located. Device ID of the span link.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-15
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_xbl_conn
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example establishes XBL connectivity between the RXCDR and BSC.
add_xbl_conn 0 0 1
Parameter Value
0 0 1
<xbl_id> <msi_id> <span_id>
2-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cell_id
chg_cell_id
Description
This command changes the Cell ID of a specied cell.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC add_cell on page 2-2 disp_cell on page 4-8
NOTE
The Cell ID cannot be changed using the chg_element command.
Format
chg_cell_id <old_esmr_cell_id> <new_esmr_cell_id>
Parameters
old_esmr_cell_id new_esmr_cell_id
Original Cell ID of the cell. New Cell ID of the cell.
NOTE
For old_esmr_cell_id and new_esmr_cell_id, the rst 5 tokens have a range of 0 to 15 (inclusive), and tokens 6 and 7 have a range of 0 to 65,535 (inclusive).
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-17
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cell_id
BSC MMI Commands
Example
chg_cell_id 3 6 4 0 7 35 100 3 6 4 0 7 100 35
Parameter Value
3 6 4 0 7 35 100 3 6 4 0 7 100 35
<old_esmr_cell_id> <new_esmr_cell_id>
2-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_channel
chg_channel
Description
Changes a trafc channel associated with a specic remote site at the RXCDR.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC add_channel on page 2-4 del_channel on page 2-58 disp_channel on page 4-9
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
chg_channel <old_cic_id> <new_cic_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
old_cic_id new_cic_id remote_site_id
0-65535 0-65535 1-255 Existing circuit ID. New circuit ID. Remote site ID.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-19
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_channel
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example changes an existing trafc channel between two sites.
chg_channel 90 9 51 COMMAND ACCEPTED
Parameter Value
90 9 51
<old_cic_id> <new_cic_id> <remote_site_id>
2-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_channel_olcc
chg_channel_olcc
Description
This command changes the parameters of the trafc channel between two sites and drops all the transactions which are using this channel.
level 2 SYSGEN/OLCC add_channel on page 2-4 chg_channel on page 2-19 del_channel on page 2-58 disp_channel on page 4-9
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
chg_channel_olcc <msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_number_a>
<group_number_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b> <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
msi_id_a span_id_a
0-71 0 or 1 Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link a is located. Device ID of span link a. Species a timeslot on T1 link a. Species a timeslot on E1 link a. Species the group in which the timeslot is in the BSC. Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link b is located. Device ID of span link b.
timeslot_number_a 0-23 (T1)

0-31 (E1)
group_number_a msi_id_b span_id_b
0-3 0-71 0 or 1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-21
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_channel_olcc
BSC MMI Commands
timeslot_number_b 0-23 (T1)

0-31 (E1)
Species a timeslot on T1 link b. Species a timeslot on E1 link b. Value identifying the ID of the circuit which corresponds to the channel being added. ID of the BSC that the RXCDR is connected to.
0-65535 1-255
NOTE
The chg_channel_olcc command within the delta_init section of the conguration script provides the same result during the SYSGEN as an add_channel MMI command with the same list of parameters.
Example
This example either adds a trafc channel between two sites during SYSGEN, or changes parameters for the present channel during OLCC.
chg_channel_olcc 0 1 0 0 0 1 10 15 12
Parameter Value
0 1 0 0 0 1 10 15 12
<msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_number_a> <group_number_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b> <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
2-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cic_conn
chg_cic_conn
Description
Changes the terrestrial circuit identier on a remote site.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC add_cic_conn on page 2-6 del_cic_conn on page 2-60 disp_cic_conn on page 4-12
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
chg_cic_conn <circuit_id> <new_circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
circuit_id new_circuit_id remote_site_id
0-65535 0-65535 1-255 Current circuit ID. New circuit ID. Remote site ID associated with CIC.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-23
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cic_conn
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example changes a terrestrial circuit with an ID of 3000 to an ID of 3005 for an E-BSC.
chg_cic_conn 3000 3005 50
Parameter Value
3000 3005 50
<circuit_id> <new_circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Example 2
This example changes a terrestrial circuit with an ID of 3000 to an ID of 3005 on remote site ID 54 for an E-RXCDR.
chg_cic_conn 3000 3005 54
Parameter Value
3000 3005 54
<circuit_id> <new_circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
2-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cic_conn_olcc
chg_cic_conn_olcc
Description
This command changes the parameters of the specied CIC and drops all transactions using the CIC.
level 2 SYSGEN/OLCC add_cic_conn on page 2-6 del_cic_conn on page 2-60 chg_cic_conn on page 2-23 disp_cic_conn on page 4-12
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
chg_cic_conn_olcc <start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id>
<msi_id> <span_id> <start_ts>
Parameters
start_cic num_of_cic remote_site_id msi_id span_id start_ts
0-65535 1 1-255 0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Starting circuit identity code. Only one of the CICs can be changed. Remote site ID associated with CIC. Device ID of the MSI card. Device ID of the SPAN line. Starting 64kbps time slot.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-25
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_cic_conn_olcc
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE
The chg_cic_conn_olcc command within the delta_init section of the conguration script provides the same result during the SYSGEN as an add_cic_conn MMI command with the same list of parameters.
Example
This example either adds a terrestrial circuit (3000) to the span line 13 0 on timeslot 12 on a remote site ID of 54 for an E-RXCDR system in the SYSGEN, or changes the span line and timeslot for this CIC.
chg_cic_conn_olcc 3000 1 54 13 0 12
Parameter Value
3000 1 54 13 0 12
<start_cic> <num_of_cic> <remote_site_id> <msi_id> <span_id> <start_ts>
2-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_dte
chg_dte
Description
Sets the specied DTE address of a BSC or OMCR link.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_dte on page 4-36
Format
NOTE
Entry of at least one address_byte is required.
chg_dte <link> <link_num> <num_address_bytes> <address_byte1> . . .
< address_byte14>
Parameters
link
bsc omcr The location of the link for the Base Station Controller (BSC). The location of the link for the Operations and Maintenance Center Radio Part (OMCR). If the link is at the BSC, this is the range. If the link is at the OMCR, this is the range. The number of valid address bytes that are being added to the list. Value of a particular address byte. Up to 14 address bytes can be entered.
link_num
0-3 0-7
num_address_bytes address_byte
1-14 0-255
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-27
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_dte
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example changes the specied DTE address.
chg_dte bsc 1 7 31h 60h 10h 01h 31h 55h 00h
BSS DTE addresses: Address #0: 1f,3c,0a,01,1f,38,00 Address #1: 31,60,10,01,31,55,00 Address #2: 31,60,10,01,31,55,00 Address #3: 31,60,10,01,31,55,00
OMCR DTE addresses: Address #0: 31,60,19,01,10,31,27 Address #1: 31,60,19,01,10,31,28 Address #2: 31,60,19,01,10,31,29 Address #3: 31,60,19,01,10,31,30 Address #4: 31,60,19,01,10,31,45 Address #5: 31,60,19,01,10,31,46 Address #6: Zero length address Address #7: Zero length address
Parameter Value
bsc 1 7 31 60 10 01 31 55 00
<link> <link_num> <num_address_bytes> <address_byte1> <address_byte2> <address_byte3> <address_byte4> <address_byte5> <address_byte6> <address_byte7>
2-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_ebts_dte
chg_ebts_dte
Description
Changes an EBTS DTE address in the CM database.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC disp_ebts_dte on page 4-38
Format
chg_ebts_dte <ebts_no> <new_addr_length> <address_byte1> . . .
<address_byte14>
Parameters
ebts_no new_addr_length address_byte
1-80 7 or 14 0-255 EBTS site on which this link resides. Number of bytes in the new EBTS address. Value of a particular address byte. Up to 14 address bytes can be entered.
Example
This example establishes a new DTE address for EBTS #1.
chg_ebts_dte 1 7 31 60 10 01 41 56 01
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-29
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_ebts_dte
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter Value
1 7 31 60 10 01 41 56 01
<ebts_no> <new_addr_length> <byte1-14>
2-30
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_element
chg_element
Description
Modies non-statistical or statistical elements in the CM database. Refer to Appendix A Non-statistical parameters and Appendix B Statistical parameters for additional information.
level 2
SYSGEN/RC/OLCC add_ebts_dte on page 2-9 disp_element on page 4-39
Format
Non Statistical Elements: chg_element <element_name> [,<index1>][,<index2>]
<element_value> [cell_number = <cell_number>] (refer to Note below)

Statistical Elements: chg_element <element_name> [,<index1>][,<index2>]
<element_value>
NOTE
The cell_number parameter is required for elements which have a checkmark () in Table 2-1. For all other elements (without ), the cell_number parameter is not required.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-31
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
element_name index1
String identifying the element in the CM database. Some elements require an index. The value that this index represents varies with the individual element name or parameter. The non-statistical use of index1 may be found in Appendix A. The statistical use of index1 may be found in the Statistics chapter description of chg_element in this manual. This parameter requires a comma before the index number.
index2
index2 may only be used with Normal and

Weighted Distribution statistical element names. No other parameters require it. For the complete list of statistical element names, refer to the description of the chg_element command in the Statistics chapter
element_value cell_number
0239
New value for the element. Number of the local cell ID identifying the CM database cell (required for per cell parameters). They are highlighted by a checkmark in the table of element names in the command description of chg_element.
Index
The following table shows the database range of values for the parameter. The database range is usually much larger than the actual supported software range. It is not identical to the actual supported software range. The system will always accept the values from this range, but functionally, they may not generate software activity. For the users convenience, Appendix A shows the supported software range when possible. The Span Line column indicates whether an element name is used for E1 and/or T1 conguration or n/a (not applicable). These element names provide alarms when exceeding their respective thresholds.
Add_cell command
The default values listed below only apply when using the add_cell command. If the user enters an invalid value while using add_cell, the
2-32
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
MMI displays an error message. If a default value exists at the prompt, that value is used. If no default exists at the prompt, the command is aborted.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-33
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1
All Congurable Elements Span Line

n/a n/a n/a T1 n/a n/a E1 E1 E1 E1 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Value Min.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Element Name
abatement_value,1 & abatement_value,2 & abatement_value,3 & ais_loss_oos all_cells_ins audio_switch_delay ber_loss_daily ber_loss_hourly ber_loss_oos ber_loss_restore block_retries_num bs_ag_blks_res & bsc_type bss_id bus_device_type bus_stat_threshold called_pci calling_pci ccch_conf clm_timer_value,0 clm_timer_value,1 clm_timer_value,2 clm_timer_value,3 clm_timer_value,4 clm_timer_value,5
Max.
100 100 100 65,535 1 none 65,535 65,535 65,535 10 1 11 2 255 255 255 1 1 6 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000
Default
60 60 60 500 0 0 4 6 3 1 1 5 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1,000 30,000 120,000 30,000 40,000 50,000
2-34
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1
All Congurable Elements (continued) Span Line

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0 0 16 or 32
Value Min.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 none 0
Element Name
clm_timer_value,6 clm_timer_value,7 clm_timer_value,8 clm_timer_value,9 clm_timer_value,10 clm_timer_value,11 cp_option_call_audit cp_option_call_trace cp_option_interconnect cp_option_reset_ckt cr_lockout_tmr & dpc ebts_dte_addr extrl_handover_allowed fm_site_type ! ftp_failure gclk_qwarm_ag gproc_slots
Max.
1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1 1 1 1 30,000 16,383 none 1 1, 3, 4, or 5 255 1
Default
2,000 70,000 80,000 10,000 10,000 20,000 0 1 1 0 10,000 0 none 1 none none 0 16 (basic) or 32 (enhncd)
gsm_cell_id_format handover_required_reject_switch high_watermark_3to1 high_watermark_6to1 illegal_cell_id
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
0 0 0 0 0
2 1 100 100 255
1 0 80 80 255
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-35
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Value Min.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Element Name
illegal_circuit_id inter_cell_handover_allowed intra_cell_handover_allowed local_site_id low_watermark_3to1 low_watermark_6to1 lta_alarm_range max_rst_ckt_timer_exps mcap_recover_period mfsu_ag^ mtpl2_timer_value,0 mtpl2_timer_value,1 mtpl2_timer_value,2 mtpl2_timer_value,3 mtpl2_timer_value,4 mtpl2_timer_value,5 mtpl2_timer_value,6 mtpl3_timer_value,0 mtpl3_timer_value,1 mtpl3_timer_value,2 mtpl3_timer_value,3 mtpl3_timer_value,4 mtpl3_timer_value,5 mtpl3_timer_value,6 mtpl3_timer_value,7
Max.
65,535 1 1 255 100 100 255 100 1439 1 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295
Default
0 1 1 0 75 75 7 0 2 0 45,000 77,000 1,250 500 100 4,500 1,250 850 1,350 850 1,150 1,150 2,500 1,150 30,000
2-36
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1
Value Min.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 none 0 0 0 0 0 2,000 0 0 0 0 0 0
Element Name
mtpl3_timer_value,8 mtpl3_timer_value,9 mtpl3_timer_value,10 mtpl3_timer_value,11 mtpl3_timer_value,12 mtpl3_timer_value,13 mtpl3_timer_value,14 mtpl3_timer_value,17 & mtpl3_timer_value,18 & ni normal_call_thres number_of_preferred_cells omc_dte_addr onset_value,1 & onset_value,2 & onset_value,3 & opc overload_steps pst_timer_value L remote_loss_daily remote_loss_hourly remote_loss_oos remote_loss_restore remote_time_oos remote_time_restore
Max.
4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 4,294,967,295 3 90 255 none 100 100 100 16,383 255 196,000 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535
Default
270,000 270,000 500 8,000 3,600,000 850 850 6,000 60,000 0 10 4 none 80 80 80 6 10 65,000 2,500 1250 5000 1 500 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-37
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1 E1 / T1 n/a n/a T1 T1 T1 T1 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Value Min.
1 0 00:00 00:00 00:00 off 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 64 0 0 0 0 70 0 0 0 0 0 0
Element Name
sap_audit_type sap_device_type sap_end_time sap_interval sap_start_time short_call_ag short_call_inst short_call_thres slip_loss_daily slip_loss_hourly slip_loss_oos slip_loss_restore sntp_ag# sntp_poll_time@ s_red_loss_daily s_red_loss_hourly s_red_loss_oos s_red_loss_restore ssm_overload_threshold ssmpc_timer_value ssm_timer_value,0 ssm_timer_value,1 ssm_timer_value,2 ssm_timer_value,3 ssm_timer_value,4
Max.
20 31 23:59 23:59 23:59 on 10 60 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 1 1024 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 90 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000
Default
1 none none none none on 2 6 2500 1250 5000 1 0 180 16 16 511 0 80 none 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 7,000
2-38
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a E1 E1 E1 E1 T1 T1 n/a
Value Min.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 off 0 0 0 0 0 0 off
Element Name
ssm_timer_value,5 ssm_timer_value,6 ssm_timer_value,7 ssm_timer_value,8 ssm_timer_value,9 ssm_timer_value,10 ssm_timer_value,11 ssm_timer_value,12 ssm_timer_value,13 ssm_timer_value,14 ssm_timer_value,15 ssm_timer_value,16 ssm_timer_value,17 ssm_timer_value,18 ssm_timer_value,19 static_vps_rst stat_interval subrate_trunking_ag sync_loss_daily sync_loss_hourly sync_loss_oos sync_loss_restore sync_time_oos sync_time_restore tdm_call_block
Max.
1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 1 60 on 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 65,535 on
Default
5,000 30,000 10,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 120,000 125,000 15,000 30,000 350 30,000 30,000 4,000 1 30 off 2,500 1,250 5,000 1 2,500 2,500 on
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-39
BSC MMI Commands
Table 2-1

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Value Min.
off 0 1 0 0 0 0 off 0
Element Name
thres_vp_alarms transcoder_location transcoder_mode tty_baudot_ag ! tty_baudot_rate ! unblock_retries_num vp_cong_threshold vpr_vtt_ag xcdr_bypass_allowed
Max.
on 1 1 1 1 255 10 on 3
Default
on 1 1 0 0 5 2 on 1
If operator fails to reset the interval to 30-min, the OMC calculations of the Key Stats and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the interval is reset. See Statistics chapter for procedures/applications of the stat_interval parameter. A cell_number is required. Changing this element outside of the SYSGEN mode will cause the system to reset. + Only even values should be entered. Only odd values should be entered. ^ Changing this ag will result in Statistic les not being uploaded to the OMC. # Changing this ag will result in the loss of time synchronization with the OMC. This will also result in incorrect timestamps in the Stats le to the OMC. @ During SYSGEN off, Min, Max, and default values are in seconds. During SYSGEN on, Min, Max, and default values are in centiseconds; therefore, they should be multiplied by 100. ! Changing this element is only allowed during SYSGEN. & Changing this element is allowed during OLCC mode. L Changing this element is only allowed on BSC and E-BSC Systems.
2-40
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Exampe 1:
This example changes the value of the handover_required_reject_switch element for cell number 1.
chg_element handover_required_reject_switch 1 cell_number = 1
Parameter <element_name> <element_value> [cell_number = <cell_number>] Value
<handover_required_reject_switch> [1] cell_number = 1
Example 2:
This example changes the value of the high_watermark_3to1 to 90%.
chg_element high_watermark_3to1 90
Parameter <element_name> <element_value> Value
high_watermark_3to1 90
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-41
BSC MMI Commands
Exampe 3:
This example changes cell 5s subrate_trunking_ag to on.
chg_element subrate_trunking_flag on cell_number=5
Parameter <element_name> <element_value> [cell_number = <cell_number>] Value
<subrate_trunking_flag> on cell_number = 5
2-42
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_esmr_olcc
chg_esmr_olcc
Description
This command sets or changes the primary and secondary Cell ID for a specic cell.
level 2 OLCC add_cell on page 2-2 chg_cell_id on page 2-17 del_cell on page 2-57 disp_cell on page 4-8
Format
chg_esmr_olcc <local_cell_id>
Parameters
local_cell_id
0-239 Indicates the local cell ID which the changed ESMR Cell ID is related to.
NOTE
The local_cell_id parameter is specied at the moment the command is entered; however, other parameters shall be entered in response to the system prompts. If ESMR Cell ID 2 or 3 is not entered, this ESMR will be set to NULL.
Example
This example uses a local_cell_id value of 1. The following prompts appear for the remaining parameter elements. Each prompt requires entry of an element name, an equal sign (=), and the element value.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-43
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_esmr_olcc
BSC MMI Commands
This command may be aborted by typing done as a response to the Enter ESMR Cell ID 1: prompt.
NOTE
Refer to Appendix A for acceptable ranges for each element name.
Example
chg_esmr_olcc 1 Enter ESMR Cell ID 1: emsr_cell_id_1=0 0 1 0 1 1 3 1 Enter ESMR Cell ID 2 (optional): emsr_cell_id_2=0 0 1 0 1 1 3 1 Enter ESMR Cell ID 3(optional):
2-44
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_ksw_config
chg_ksw_cong
Description
Used to change the KSW conguration (specically, the mapping of the TDM highway numbers for a specied KSW pair).
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_ksw_cong on page 4-56
Format
chg_ksw_config <ksw_pair> <tdm_highway0> [<tdm_highway1>]
[<tdm_highway2>] [<tdm_highway3>]
Parameters
ksw_pair tdm_highway_0-3
0-3 0-3 The KSW pair for which the mapping is changing. There is one KSW pair per cage. The Highway number that is mapped to the rst, second, third, or fourth 1024 timeslots.
Example 1
This example changes 2 KSW congurations.
chg_ksw_config 0 0 1 chg_ksw_config 1 3 0
Example 2
This example changes 3 KSW congurations.
chg_ksw_config 0 0 1 2 chg_ksw_config 1 3 0 1 chg_ksw_config 2 2 3 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-45
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_level
BSC MMI Commands
chg_level
Description
Changes the current security level.
NOTE
Security level passwords are case-sensitive and require from one to sixteen characters. Password entries are not echoed.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
disp_level on page 4-62
Format
chg_level
Parameters
There are no parameters; a prompt appears for the desired level. Refer to Security management in Chapter 1 for additional information on security levels.
Example
chg_level
Enter password for security level you wish to access: Current security level is 1.
2-46
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_msi_mode
chg_msi_mode
Description
Changes the MSI operating mode to either T1 or E1 in the database, based on the span type entered.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC none
Format
chg_msi_mode <string>
Parameters
string
(T1 or E1) Operating mode of MSI.
Example
This example changes the mode of the MSI to T1.
chg_msi_mode T1
COMMAND ACCEPTED: SYSGEN mode is ON reset the site now and regenerate the database.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-47
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_omc_dte
BSC MMI Commands
chg_omc_dte
Description
Changes the OMC DTE address in the CM database.
Format
chg_omc_dte <ebts_no> <new_addr_length> <address_byte1> . . .
<address_byte14>
Parameters
ebts_no new_addr_length address_byte
1-80 7 or 14 0-255 EBTS on which this link resides. Number of bytes in the new EBTS address. Value of a particular address byte. Up to 14 address bytes can be entered.
2-48
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_omc_dte
Example
This example establishes a new OMC DTE address for EBTS #2.
chg_omc_dte 2 14 3 1 6 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Parameter Value
2 14 31621212345 678
<ebts_no> <new_addr_length> <address_bytes>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-49
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_password
BSC MMI Commands
chg_password
Description
Changes the password for a specic security level. Note the following about passwords: Passwords are case-sensitive. Passwords must be from one to sixteen characters in length. Passwords longer than this are truncated to sixteen characters. New passwords must differ from current passwords by at least four characters. Password entries are not echoed.
Format
chg_password
Parameters
None.
Example
chg_password
Enter password for level you wish to change: Enter new password: Verify new password:
2-50
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_subrate_olcc
chg_subrate_olcc
Description
This command changes the parameters of the pool of subrates identied by its key parameters and drops all the transactions which are using subrates from the pool.
level 2 SYSGEN/OLCC del_subrate on page 2-66 ll_subrate on page 2-70 disp_subrate on page 4-83
Format
chg_subrate_olcc <ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts>
<ebts_start_grp> <bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates> [<remote_site_id>]
Parameters
ebts_id
1-80 Indicates the Enhanced Base Transceiver System (EBTS) ID where the pool of subrates is located. Device ID of the span link. Timeslot on the span link. Species the group the timeslot is in. Device ID of the MSI card. Device ID of the Span link. Starting timeslot on the Span link. Species the starting group the timeslot is in. Species the number of subrated timeslots. ID of the E-BSC the E-RXCDR is connected to. This parameter is required for E-RXCDR only.
ebts_span_id ebts_start_ts
ebts_start_grp bsc_msi bsc_span_id bsc_start_ts bsc_start_grp num_of_subrates remote_site_id
0-1 0-31 0-3 0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) 0-3 1-96 1-255
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-51
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE
The use of chg_subrate_olcc in the delta_init section of the conguration le causes the same result as a ll_subrate MMI command with the same list of parameters. This command is allowed in the delta_init or delta_only sections during the OLCC. It changes the number of subrates in a pool and BSC related parameters in OLCC. The pool is dened by the set of key parameters. These parameters are <ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> and <remote_site_id > in the case of E-RXCDR conguration.
Example 1
The following command maps 40 subrated timeslots from EBTS 50 to a BSC during the SYSGEN or changes the number of subrates and the BSC parameters during the OLCC . It maps EBTS span 1 timeslot 0 group 0 to BSC MSI 1 span 0 timeslot 5 group 0 consecutively up to EBTS span 1 timeslot 9 group 3 to BSC MSI 1 span 0 timeslot 14 group 3.
chg_subrate_olcc 50 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 40
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 40
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> <bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates>
2-52
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2
The following example shows the chg_subrate_olcc command issued at an E-RXCDR. This command maps 40 subrated timeslots from EBTS 50 to an E-RXCDR which is connected to E-BSC 20 during the SYSGEN. It maps EBTS span 1 timeslot 0 group 0 to E-RXCDR MSI 10 span 0 timeslot 0 group 0 consecutively up to EBTS span 1 timeslot 9 group 3 to E-RXCDR MSI 10 span 0 timeslot 9 group 3. This command changes the number of subrated timeslots to 40 and changes the BSC parameters during the OLCC.
chg_subrate_olcc 50 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 40 20
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 40 20
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> <bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates> <remote_site_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-53
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_time
BSC MMI Commands
chg_time
Description
Sets the real-time system clock. The user enters the current year, month, day, hour, minute, and second. Once the time synchronization is enabled, the BSC will synchronize its internal clock using SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) and will display in UTC (Universal Coordinated Time) format. UTC time is not corrected for geographical time zones, consistent with other Network Elements in the iDEN system. If time synchronization is disabled, the user can set the BSC clock.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_time on page 4-87
Format
chg_time <year> <month> <day> <hour> <minute> <second>
Parameters
year month day hour minute second
Value identifying the year. Must be a number equal to or greater than 1980. Value identifying the month. Must be a number between 1 and 12. Value identifying the day. Must be a number between 1 and 31. Value identifying the hour. Must be a number between 0 and 23. Value identifying the minute. Must be a number between 0 and 59. Value identifying the second. Must be a number between 0 and 59.
2-54
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT chg_time
NOTE
The chg_time command will only be enabled when Time Synchronization with the OMC is disabled. Disabling Time Synchronization will cause the BSC clock to lose synchronization with the OMC clock, thus the use of chg_time is discouraged.
Example
This example sets the system date to February 15th, 1996, and the time to 09:23:00 am.
chg_time 1996 2 15 9 23 0
Feb 15 1996 09:23:00
Parameter Value
1996 2 15 9 23 0
<year> <month> <day> <hour> <minute> <second>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-55
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT clear_database
BSC MMI Commands
clear_database
Description
This command clears the contents of the system database (but database script object remains in the system). This command should only be used before a SYSGEN is performed.
level 2 SYSGEN
manual_sysgen on page 2-73 sysgen_mode on page 2-83 reset_bsc on page 3-27
Format
clear_database
Parameters
None.
Example
This example clears the entire database.
clear_database
2-56
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_cell
del_cell
Description
This command deletes cell information from the CM database and drops all transactions using this cell.
level 2 OLCC add_cell on page 2-2 chg_cell_id on page 2-17 chg_esmr_olcc on page 2-43 disp_act_cells on page 4-2 disp_cell on page 4-8
Format
del_cell <local_cell_id>
Parameters
local_cell_id
0 - 239 Indicates the local cell ID which the deleted cell is related to..
Example
This example deletes a cell with the local_cell_id of 1.
del_cell 1
Parameter: Value:
1
<local_cell_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-57
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_channel
BSC MMI Commands
del_channel
Description
Deletes a RXCDR trafc channel connection between two sites. The trafc channel pertaining to circuit_id and corresponding remote_site_id is deleted.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC add_channel on page 2-4 chg_channel on page 2-19 chg_channel_olcc on page 2-21 disp_channel on page 4-9
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
del_channel <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
0-65535 1-255 Circuit ID to be deleted. Remote site ID of the CP-BSC site.
Example
This example removes a trafc channel between two sites.
del_channel 6 51
2-58
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_channel
Parameter Value
6 51
<circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-59
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_cic_conn
BSC MMI Commands
del_cic_conn
Description
Deletes the terrestrial circuit connection on a remote site.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC add_cic_conn on page 2-6 chg_cic_conn on page 2-23 chg_cic_conn_olcc on page 2-25 disp_cic_conn on page 4-12
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
del_cic_conn <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>
Parameters
0-65535 1-255 Current circuit ID. Remote site ID associated with CIC.
2-60
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_cic_conn
Example 1
This example deletes terrestrial circuit ID 3000 on an E-BSC system.
del_cic_conn 3000 50
Parameter Value
3000 50
Example 2
This example deletes terrestrial circuit ID 3000 on remote site ID 54 on an E-RXCDR system.
del_cic_conn 3000 54
Parameter Value
3000 54
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-61
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_db_script
BSC MMI Commands
del_db_script
Description
Deletes a database script object from the system to allow manual SYSGEN or to prepare a database script object download from the OMC. Note The database script contains the BSC system conguration.
level 2 RC
sysgen_mode on page 2-83 reset_bsc on page 3-27
Format
del_db_script
Parameters
None.
Example
del_db_script
Database script object deleted from 1 GPROC(s).
2-62
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_ebts_dte
del_ebts_dte
Description
Deletes the DTE address used by an EBTS to communicate with the OMC (via the BSC). Both elements of this address (OMC and EBTS) are deleted.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC add_ebts_dte on page 2-9 chg_ebts_dte on page 2-29 disp_ebts_dte on page 4-38
Format
del_ebts_dte <ebts_no>
Parameters
ebts_no
1-80 EBTS site that uses this link.
Example
This example removes the DTE address for EBTS #16.
del_ebts_dte 16
Parameter Value
16
<ebts_no>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-63
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_span_nail
BSC MMI Commands
del_span_nail
Description
Removes a nailed connection between two span timeslots.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
add_span_nail on page 2-11 disp_nail_conn on page 4-65
Format
del_span_nail <msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_number_a>
<msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b>
Parameters
msi_id_a span_id_a timeslot_number_a
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link a is located. Device ID of span link a. Species timeslot on span link a.
msi_id_b span_id_b timeslot_number_b
0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1)
Device ID of the MSI-2 on which the span link b is located. Device ID of span link b. Species timeslot on span link b.
2-64
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_span_nail
Example
This example removes a nailed connection between two span timeslots.
del_span_nail 3 0 4 6 1 4
Parameter Value
3 0 4 6 1
<msi_id_a> <span_id_a> <timeslot_number_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-65
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_subrate
BSC MMI Commands
del_subrate
Description
Deletes an existing SCI pool and drops the transactions which are using subrates in this pool.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC chg_subrate_olcc on page 2-51 ll_subrate on page 2-70 disp_subrate on page 4-83
Format
del_subrate <ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp>
[<remote_site_id>]
Parameters
ebts_id
1-80 Indicates the Enhanced Base Transceiver System (EBTS) ID where the subrate is located. Device ID of the span link. Timeslot on the span link. Species the group the timeslot is in. ID of the E-BSC the E-RXCDR is connected to. This parameter required for E-RXCDR only.
ebts_start_grp remote_site_id
0-1 0-31 0-3 1-255
2-66
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_subrate
Example 1
This example deletes subrate pool id 50 1 0 0 from a BSC system.
del_subrate 50 1 0 0
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp>
Example 2
This example deletes subrate pool id 50 1 0 0 from an E-RXCDR system.
del_subrate 50 1 0 0 20
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0 20
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> <remote_site_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-67
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_xbl_conn
BSC MMI Commands
del_xbl_conn
Description
This command removes the XBL connectivity information between the RXCDR and BSC.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
add_xbl_conn on page 2-15 disp_xbl_conn on page 4-92
Format
del_xbl_conn <xbl_id> <msi_ id> <span_id>
Parameters
xbl_id msi_id span_id
0-31 0-71 0-1 XBL site number. Device ID of the MSI. Device ID of the SPAN link.
2-68
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT del_xbl_conn
Example
del_xbl_conn 5 2 1
Parameter Value
5 2 1
<xbl_id> <MSI_id> <SPAN_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-69
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT fill_subrate
BSC MMI Commands
fill_subrate
Description
This command adds an SCI pool that maps a subrated EBTS span timeslot to a subrated BSC span timeslot. The number of subrated timeslots to be mapped can be specied by the user.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC chg_subrate_olcc on page 2-51 del_subrate on page 2-66 disp_subrate on page 4-83
Format
fill_subrate <ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp>
<bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates> [<remote_site_id>]
Parameters
ebts_id
1-80 Indicates the Enhanced Base Transceiver System (EBTS) ID where the subrate is located. Device ID of the span link. Timeslot on the span link. Species the group the timeslot is in. Device ID of the MSI card. Device ID of the Span link. Starting timeslot on the Span link. Species starting group the timeslot is in. Species the number of subrated timeslots. ID of the E-BSC the E-RXCDR is connected to. This parameter required for E-RXCDR only.
ebts_start_grp bsc_msi bsc_span_id bsc_start_ts bsc_start_grp num_of_subrates remote_site_id
0-1 0-31 0-3 0-71 0-1 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) 0-3 1-96 1-255
2-70
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE
EBTS parameters dene the SCI pool ID that is used for further operations with this pool.
Example 1
The following command creates the SCI pool and maps 40 subrated timeslots from EBTS 50 to a BSC. It maps EBTS span 1 timeslot 0 group 0 to BSC MSI 1 span 0 timeslot 5 group 0 consecutively up to EBTS span 1 timeslot 9 group 3 to BSC MSI 1 span 0 timeslot 14 group 3.
fill_subrate 50 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 40
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 40
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> <bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-71
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2
The following example shows the ll_subrate command issued at an E-RXCDR. This command creates the SCI pool and maps 40 subrated timeslots from EBTS 50 to an E-RXCDR which is connected to E-BSC 20. It maps EBTS span 1 timeslot 0 group 0 to E-RXCDR MSI 10 span 0 timeslot 0 group 0 consecutively up to EBTS span 1 timeslot 9 group 3 to E-RXCDR MSI 10 span 0 timeslot 9 group 3.
fill_subrate 50 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 40 20
Parameter Value
50 1 0 0 10 0 0 0 40 20
<ebts_id> <ebts_span_id> <ebts_start_ts> <ebts_start_grp> <bsc_msi> <bsc_span_id> <bsc_start_ts> <bsc_start_grp> <num_of_subrates> <remote_site_id>
2-72
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT manual_sysgen
manual_sysgen
Description
Allows the user to manually specify a database script to re-initialize the BSC system. The database script object (object 4) is bypassed during this operation. Once this command is executed with a parameter set to on, the BSC automatically starts a reset.
NOTE
When SYSGEN is turned on, the database is not broadcast to the other GPROCs. When SYSGEN is turned off, the checksum is calculated and the system database is broadcast to other GPROCs. If the user does not specify a database script, the BSC will automatically re-initialize the system with the existing database conguration. This command is allowed only on the master GPROC.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
clear_database on page 2-56 soft_sysgen on page 2-81 sysgen_mode on page 2-83
Format
manual_sysgen <action>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-73
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT manual_sysgen
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
action
on off Turns SYSGEN on. Turns SYSGEN off.
Example
manual_sysgen on
Parameter Value
on
<action>
2-74
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_dsp_reld_flag
set_dsp_reld_ag
Description
Sets the DSP reload ag ON or OFF. With ag set to ON, XCDR unlock or enable transition will result in re-downloading the XCDRs DSP (VP) code. Bypassing of the DSP download procedure reduces the initialization time of the XCDR. However, if there are excessive VP failures detected by Voice Trunk Testing (test_vp) on a particular card, it is recommended to re-download the DSPs during XCDR initialization in an effort to restart VPs which have failed.
NOTE
Perform this command only on the BSP.

level 1
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
SYSGEN/RC none
Format
set_dsp_reld_flag <mode>
Parameters
mode
on off Turns download option on Turns download option off
Example
set_dsp_reld_flag on
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-75
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_num_ebts_dl
BSC MMI Commands
set_num_ebts_dl
Description
Sets the maximum number of concurrent EBTS download sessions that a BSC is able to perform.
NOTE
Perform this command only on the BSP.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_num_ebts_dl on page 4-66
Format
set_num_ebts_dl <num _downloads>
Parameters
num _downloads
1-10 Maximum number of concurrent EBTS download sessions allowed.
Example
This example sets the maximum number of concurrent EBTS download sessions allowed to 1.
set_num_ebts_dl 1
Parameter Value
1
<num_downloads>
2-76
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_span_clk_ref
set_span_clk_ref
Description
Congures the span used to extract a reference for use by the GCLK for phase locking.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
phase_locking on page 3-25
Format
T1 Span System set_span_clk_ref <device_id1> <device_id2> E1 Span System set_span_clk_ref <device_id1> <device_id2> <bits_ag>
Parameters
device_id1 device_id2 bits_ag
0-71 0-1 bits no_bits Device ID of the MSI on which the specied span link is located (selected MSI must be in Cage 0). Device ID of the span link. Connect span to BITS (E1 span only) Do NOT connect span to BITS (E1 span only)
Example
set_span_clk_ref 2 1
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Parameter Value
2 1
<device_id1> <device_id2>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-77
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_span_length
BSC MMI Commands
set_span_length
Description
This command is used to set the equalization level (transmit signal strength) of a specied MSI span.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_device on page 4-22
NOTE
This command is allowed only for T1 systems.
Format
set_span_length <MSI_id> <span_id> <equalization_parameter>
Parameters
MSI_id span_id equalization_parameter
0-71 0-1 0-4 Device ID of the MSI on which the specied span link is located. Device ID of the span link. Species the length (in feet) of the specied span line, as follows: 0 (default) = 0 to 768 feet 1 = 131 to 917 feet 2 = 262 to 1048 feet 3 = 393 to 1179 feet 4 = 524 to 1310 feet Note that these lengths are supported from the MSI. The far-end device needs to also support the span lengths for proper operation.
2-78
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_span_length
Example
This example sets the equalization level of span 0 for MSI 0 to a length of 262 to 1048 feet.
set_span_length 0 0 2
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Parameter Value
0 0 2
<MSI_id> <span_id> <equalization_parameter>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-79
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT set_xcdr_bypass
BSC MMI Commands
set_xcdr_bypass
Description
Sets the XCDR bypass ag values for all congured cells.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_xcdr_bypass on page 4-93
Format
set_xcdr_bypass <n>
Parameters
n
0 1 2 3 OFF. Bypass Flag ON. Audit Flag ON. Bypass and Audit Flags ON.
Example
This example sets all the XCDR bypass allowed ags to 1.
set_xcdr_bypass 1
All xcdr_bypass_allowed values set to 1.
Parameter Value
1
<n>
2-80
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT soft_sysgen
soft_sysgen
Description
The system database (database.002 object) is cleared and the Genesis database script object (mmi_spt.004 object) is reparsed to rebuild the system database. The BSC is initialized after the database has been rebuilt.
NOTE
When SYSGEN is turned on, the database is not broadcast to the other GPROCs. When SYSGEN is turned off, the checksum is calculated and the system database is broadcast to other GPROCs.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
soft_sysgen <action>
Parameters
action
on off Turns SYSGEN on Turns SYSGEN off
Example
soft_sysgen on
Parameter Value
on
<action>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-81
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT start_db_build
BSC MMI Commands
start_db_build
Description
Starts the process of building a new database from the Code Object Manager (COM) script le.
level 1 SYSGEN none
Format
start_db_build
Parameters
None.
Example
start_db_build
2-82
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT sysgen_mode
sysgen_mode
Description
Initiates or terminates a SYSGEN session. Command execution can occur without system delays. There is no interaction with other processes.
NOTE
When SYSGEN is turned on, the database is not broadcast to the other GPROCs. When SYSGEN is turned off, the checksum is calculated and the system database is broadcast to the other GRPOCs. This command can be used to remove any recent changed parameter values. If the mmi_spt.004 object (the Genesis database script object) resides on the BSC, a sysgen_mode on command followed by a reset_bsc command clears the contents of the database.002 object (the system database object). The mmi_spt.004 object is re-parsed to rebuild the database.002 object and the BSC hardware is re-initialized. This command can also be used to prepare the BSC for downloading the mmi_spt.004 object from the OMC. If the mmi_spt.004 object is not loaded on the BSC, a sysgen_mode on command followed by a reset_bsc command will start this process. The mmi_spt.004 object is downloaded to the BSC and is parsed to rebuild the database.002 object. The BSC hardware is re-initialized after the database.002 object has been rebuilt.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-83
BSC MMI Commands
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
del_db_script on page 2-62 manual_sysgen on page 2-73 soft_sysgen on page 2-81 reset_bsc on page 3-27
Format
sysgen_mode <action>
Parameters
action
on off Turn SYSGEN on. Turn SYSGEN off.
2-84
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1:
This example terminates the current SYSGEN session. If sysgen_mode off command was run during parsing of DB script object, the system will display a summary report containing up to 30 command rejected messages.
sysgen_mode off
*** The Total Number of Rejected Commands is : 4 *** *** The Following are List of the Rejected Commands *** * equip_func LCF ERROR: Duplicate XBL has been entered.
* equip_device RSL COMMAND REJECTED: Invalid timeslot info was specified.
* add_cic_conn 1 51 0 0 6 ERROR: Missing Parameters, only received: 5
* add_cell 117 ERROR: Range Error, parameter number: 1 *** End of List ***
Example 2:
This example reinitializes the system.
sysgen_mode on
YOU MUST NOW RE-INIT THE SITE TO START SYSGEN
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
2-85
BSC MMI Commands
2-86
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
3 3 Device
management
Introduction
Device Management (DM) commands allow the administrative state of functions and devices to be displayed or modied.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-1
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT add_circuit
BSC MMI Commands
add_circuit
Description
Adds a trunk circuit to a timeslot on a span line in the Conguration Management (CM) database.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC chg_circuit on page 3-4 chg_circuit_olcc on page 3-5 del_circuit on page 3-8 disp_circuit on page 4-17
Format
add_circuit <msi_id> <span_id> <circuit_id> <timeslot_number> <group
number>
Parameters
msi_id span_id circuit_id timeslot_number
0-71 0 or 1 0-65535 T1 (0-23) E1 (0-31) Device ID of the MSI on which the specied span line is located. Device ID of the span line to which the circuit is being added. Value identifying the ID of the circuit being added. Species the timeslot on the T1 span line on which to add the circuit. Species the timeslot on the E1 span line on which to add the circuit. Species the group in which the timeslot is located.
group_number
0 to 3
3-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT add_circuit
Example
This example adds a terrestrial circuit, with an ID of 28, to span line 0 0 and timeslot 7.
add_circuit 0 0 28 7 0
Parameter: Value:
0 0 28 7 0
<msi_id> <span_id> <circuit_id> <timeslot_number> <group_number>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-3
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT chg_circuit
BSC MMI Commands
chg_circuit
Description
Changes the circuit ID on an existing terrestrial circuit.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC add_circuit on page 3-2 del_circuit on page 3-8 disp_circuit on page 4-17
Format
chg_circuit <circuit_id> <new_circuit_id>
Parameters
circuit_id new_circuit_id
0-65535 0-65535 Value identifying the ID of the circuit being changed. Value identifying the ID to be assigned to the circuit.
Example
This example changes a terrestrial circuit, with an ID of 12, to an ID of 18.
chg_circuit 12 18
Parameter: Value:
12 18
<circuit_id> <new_circuit_id>
3-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT chg_circuit_olcc
chg_circuit_olcc
Description
This command changes the parameters of the trunk circuit and drops all the transactions which are using this circuit.
level 2 SYSGEN/OLCC add_circuit on page 3-2 del_circuit on page 3-8 chg_circuit on page 3-4 disp_circuit on page 4-17
Format
chg_circuit_olcc <msi_id> <span_id> <circuit_id> <timeslot_number>
<group_number>
Parameters
msi_id span_id circuit_id timeslot_number
0-71 0 or 1 0-65535 0-23 (T1) 0-31 (E1) Device ID of the MSI on which the specied span line is located. Device ID of the span line to which the circuit is being changed. Value identifying the ID of the circuit Species the timeslot on the T1 span line on which the circuit is added. Species the timeslot on the E1 span line on which the circuit is added. Species the group in which the timeslot is located
group_number
0 to 3
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-5
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT chg_circuit_olcc
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE The chg_circuit_olcc command within the delta_init section of the conguration script provides the same result during the SYSGEN as an add_circuit MMI command with the same list of parameters.
Example
This example either adds a terrestrial circuit with an ID of 28 to span line 0 0 and timeslot 7 during SYSGEN, or changes parameters for the present circuit in OLCC.
chg_circuit_olcc 0 0 28 7 0
Parameter: Value:
0 0 28 7 0
<msi_id> <span_id> <circuit_id> <timeslot_number> <group_number>
3-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT clear_gclk_avgs
clear_gclk_avgs
Description
This command clears the periodically stored GCLKs frequency register values from NV RAM.
level 3 SYSGEN/RC
disp_gclk_avgs on page 4-52 disp_gclk_cal on page 4-53
Format
clear_gclk_avgs <device_id>
Parameters
device_id
Number identifying the GCLK rst id.
Example
This example clears the periodically stored GCLKs frequency register values for GCLK 0 0 0.
clear_gclk_avgs 0 COMMAND ACCEPTED: status = 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-7
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT del_circuit
BSC MMI Commands
del_circuit
Description
Deletes a terrestrial circuit from a timeslot on a span line in the CM database and drops the transactions which are using this circuit.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC/OLCC add_circuit on page 3-2 chg_circuit on page 3-4 chg_circuit_olcc on page 3-5 disp_circuit on page 4-17
Format
del_circuit <circuit_id>
Parameters
circuit_id
0 - 65535 Value identifying the ID of the circuit being deleted.
Example
This example deletes a terrestrial circuit id 3000.
del_circuit 3000
3-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT disable_alarm
disable_alarm
Description
Disables alarm reporting to the customer MMI.
level 1 RC
enable_alarm on page 3-10
Format
disable_alarm
Parameters
None.
Example
disable_alarm
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-9
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT enable_alarm
BSC MMI Commands
enable_alarm
Description
Enables alarm reporting to the customer MMI.
level 1 RC
disable_alarm on page 3-9
Format
enable_alarm
Parameters
None.
Example:
enable_alarm
*XCDR ALARM: 33 0 0 0: 231: Reserved Alarm Code 0xe7 *SITE: 0 CAGE: 0 SLOT: 16 FUNC: N/A
*SEVERITY: Critical
Category: Equipment
*Wed 9/16/94 21:48:17:490 *ADDITIONAL INFO COMMAND ACCEPTED
3-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT equip_device
equip_device
Description
Adds a device to the Fault Management (FM) portion of the Conguration Management (CM) database. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages. NOTE For additional information on supported devices, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN
lock_device on page 3-21 unlock_device on page 3-30 disp_dev_stat on page 4-18 disp_device on page 4-22
Format
equip_device <DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-11
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
NOTE The DEVICE parameter must be entered in uppercase letters.
DEVICE
Device name that uniquely identies the device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
Supported devices
The following table denes the devices supported by this command. Included is the name of the device and the associated literal.
Device
Base Site Processor, BSC Cabinet Cage Generic Clock Generic Processor KiloPort Switch Mutliple Serial Interface Message Transfer Link Operations and Maintenance Link Radio System Link Transcoder BSC Link Transcoder
Literal
BSP CAB CAGE GCLK GPROC KSW MSI MTL OML RSL XBL XCDR
Prompts
Prompts appear for the remaining parameters after the command is entered veried. Since each device has a particular set of parameters, a different set of prompts exists for each device. Table 3-1 lists each device with the associated prompts.
3-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
You may abort a command at any time by typing done in response to any prompt. If a parameter is optional, there is no need to enter any data in response to the prompt. NOTE The cage number (ID) must be the same as the setting on the LANX card. Valid identiers for a BSC cage are 0 through 5. The rst two BSC cages must be numbered 0 and 1, respectively. If there is only one BSC cage in the system, it must be cage number 0. Cage numbers 2 through 5 can be used for additional BSC cages.
Table 3-1
Prompts for the equip_device command Prompt Optional Valid Entry Default
BSP (Base Site Processor, BSC) Enter the BSP identier: Enter remote site IDs this BSP may manage: Enter the maximum MTLs this BSP may manage: Enter the XBLs ids this BSP may manage: (Enter carriage return if no XBL to be congured on BSP.) CAB (Cabinet) Enter the CABINET identier: CAGE (Cage) Enter the identier for the CAGE: Enter the KSW pair that manages the CAGE: Enter the KSWX connecting cage to KSW for TDM 0: Enter the KSWX connecting cage to KSW for TDM 1: Enter the cabinet to which the cage belongs: N N Y Y N 0 to 5 0 to 3 0 to 5 0 to 5 0 to 2 none none none none none N 0 to 2 none N Y Y Y 0 0 0 0-31...0-31 none none none none
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-13
BSC MMI Commands
Table 3-1
Prompts for the equip_device command (continued) Prompt Optional Valid Entry Default
GCLK (Generic Clock) (Note: GCLK device identier 1 is only for enhanced systems.) Enter the device identier for the GCLK: Enter the cage number: Enter the slot number: GPROC (Generic Processor) Enter the GPROC identier: Enter the cage number: Enter the slot number: KSW (Kilo-port Switch) (Note: If 2nd KSW identier is 0, slot number must be 27. If 2nd KSW identier is 1, slot number must be 1.) Enter the 1st KSW identier: Enter the 2nd KSW identier: Enter the cage number: Enter the slot number: MSI (Multiple Serial Interface Board) Enter the MSI identier: Enter the cage number: Enter the slot number: MTL (Message Transfer Link) Enter the device identication for this MTL: Enter the MSI ID on which the SPAN link will be located: Enter device ID for the SPAN Link: Enter the timeslot on the SPAN Link where this device appears: N N N N 0 to 15 0 to 71 0 to 1 0 to 23 (T1) 0 to 31 (E1) none none none none N N N 0 to 71 0 to 5 6 to 17 none none none N N N N 0 to 3 0 to 1 0 to 5 1 or 27 none none none none N N N 0 to 31 0 to 5 18 to 25 none none none N N N 0 or 1 0 5 or 3 none none none
3-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 3-1
OML (Operations and Maintenance Link) (Note: OML type 0 needs to be congured to the MSI in slot 16 of the master cage) Enter the OML link type: Enter the MSI ID on which the SPAN Link will be located: Enter device ID for the SPAN Link: Enter the timeslot (or starting timeslot) on the SPAN Link where this device appears: Enter channel rate of E-OML. (Enter 1-6 Enhanced, or 1-3 Basic.) (This prompt is for E-OML only). Enter 1 for 64kbps, 2 for 128 kbps, ...6 for 384kbps. RSL (Radio System Link) Enter the EBTS site number for the RSL: Enter the RSL link type: Enter the MSI ID on which the SPAN Link will be located: Enter device ID for the SPAN Link: Enter the timeslot (or starting timeslot) on the SPAN Link where this device appears: XBL (Transcoder BSC Link) CPs and E-CPs maximum limit is 8 XBLs. RXCDRs maximum limit is 32 XBLs. Between each CP/RXCDR (E-CP/E-RXCDR) pair, only 4 XBLs can be equipped. Enter the device ID for the XBL: Enter the MSI ID on which the SPAN Link will be located: Enter device ID for the SPAN Link: Enter the timeslot on the SPAN Link where this device appears: Enter the remote site ID: There can not be more than 5 remote site ids used in oneCP or E-CP. N N N N 0 to 31 0 to 71 0 to 1 0 to 23 (T1) 0 to 31 (E1) N 1 to 255 none none none none none N N N N N 1 to 80 0 to 1 0 to 71 0 to 1 0 to 23 (T1) 0 to 31 (E1) none none none none none N N N N 0 or 1 0 to 71 0 to 1 0 to 23 (T1) 0 to 31 (E1) Y 1 to 6 (Enhanced) 1 to 3 (Basic) 1 none none none none
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-15
BSC MMI Commands
Table 3-1
XCDR (Remote Transcoder) Enter the XCDR identier: Enter the cage number: Enter the slot number: Enter the XCDR type (3to1/6to1/dual_24/dual_48): N N N N 0 to 54 0 to 5 6 to 24 3to1 or 6to1 or dual_24 or dual_48 none none none none
Example
This example adds the GCLK, a BSC device, to the FM portion of the CM database.
equip_device GCLK
Enter device identification for the GCLK:0 Enter cage number:0 Enter slot number:5
3-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT equip_function
equip_function
Description
Assigns functionality to a device in the fault management portion of the CM database. NOTE For additional information on supported functions, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN
disp_func_stat on page 4-47 disp_function on page 4-49 disp_lcf on page 4-60
Format
equip_function <FUNCTION>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-17
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
NOTE The FUNCTION parameter must be entered in uppercase letters. LCF function is allowed on E-RXCDR system to equip XBL link(s). LCF cannot be equipped on RXCDR. OMF function must be added in all system congurations.
FUNCTION
Name that uniquely identies the function. Functions that may be equipped are detailed in the following pages.
Supported functions
The following table denes the functions supported by this command. Included is the name of the function and the associated literal.
Function
Logical Control Function Operation and Maintenance Function
Literal
LCF OMF
Prompts
Each function has its own set of parameters; therefore, a different set of prompts exists for each possible function. In the following table, each function name appears in italics, with prompts for that function immediately following. You may abort this command at any time by typing done in response to any prompt.
3-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Prompt
Optional
Valid Entry
Default
LCF (Link Control Function, BSC) Enter the function ID for the LCF: Enter the number of MTLs the LCF can manage: Note: MTL IDs are not prompted on E-RXCDR. Enter the site IDs for the LCF: Note: If the number of MTLs entered is 0, then up to 12 (for E-BSC) or 7 (for BSC) site IDs is allowed. If the number of MTLs is 1, only 5 site IDs are allowed. If the number of MTLs is 2, only 3 site IDs is allowed. Site IDs are not prompted on E-RXCDR. Enter the XBL IDs: (Enter a carriage return if no XBLs will be congured.) Note: This prompt appears only on E-BSC and E-RXCDR systems. OMF (Operation and Maintenance Function) Enter XBL IDs: (Enter a carriage return if no XBLs will be congured.) Note: If E-OML is congured to 6 DSOs, then no XBLs can be equipped to this function. 0-31 ... 0-31 none 0-31...0-31 none 0-80...0-80 none 0 to 19 0 to 2 none none
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-19
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example adds an LCF to the FM portion of the CM database on a BSC system.
equip_function LCF
Enter the function ID for the LCF: 0 Enter the number of MTLs the LCF can manage: 0 Enter the site IDs for the LCF: 0
Example 2
This example adds an LCF function to the FM portion of the CM database on an E-BSC system.
equip_function LCF
Enter the function ID for the LCF: 0 Enter the number of MTLs the LCF can manage: 0 Enter the site IDs for the LCF: 0 Enter the XBL IDs (EnterCarriage Return if no XBLs will be configured:2 3
Example 3
This example adds an LCF function to the FM portion of the CM database on an E-RXCDR system.
equip_function LCF
Enter the function ID for the LCF: 1 Enter the XBL IDs (Enter carriagereturn if no XBLs will be configured:2 3
Example 4
This example adds an OMF function to the FM portion of the CM database on either an E-BSC or E-RXCDR system.
equip_function OMF
Enter the XBL IDs (Enter carriagereturn if no XBLs will be configured:2 3
3-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT lock_device
lock_device
Description
Locks the specied device from further use. This command is only valid when the device is in the unlocked state. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages. NOTE For additional information on supported functions, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 RC
equip_device on page 3-11 unlock_device on page 3-30 disp_dev_stat on page 4-18 disp_device on page 4-22
Format
lock_device <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-21
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
DEVICE device_id1
Device name that uniquely identies the device. (See Appendix C for additional information) First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
device_id2
device_id3
Supported devices
Device
Clock Bus Generic Clock Generic Processor Kiloport Switch Local Area Network Mutliple Serial Interface Message Transfer Link Operations and Maintenance Link
Literal
CBUS GCLK GPROC KSW LAN MSI MTL OML
3-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Device
Radio System Link Individual Span Line Time Division Multiplex Bus Transcoder BSC Link Transcoder
Literal
RSL SPAN TBUS XBL XCDR
Example 1
This example locks an MSI, with an ID of 1, at the BSC from further use.
lock_device MSI 1 0 0
Parameter: Value:
MSI
<DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>
1 0 0
Example 2
This example allows the CBUS device to transition to a lock state.
lock_device CBUS 0 1 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-23
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter: Value:
CBUS
0 1 0
3-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT phase_locking
phase_locking
Description
Turns phase lock on or off, or displays the current status of the GCLK phase lock.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
set_span_clk_ref on page 2-77
Format
phase_locking <mode>
Parameters
mode
on off query Turns GCLK phase lock on. Turns GCLK phase lock off. Displays status of GCLK phase lock.
Example 1
This example displays the current status (T1 Mode).
phase_locking query
GCLK Locking Mode Locked T1 Ref.ID Status
==================================================== 0 1 ON ON Locked Locking YES NO RUNNING RUNNING T1 1 1 0 T1 1 1 0 ACTIVE STANDBY
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-25
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT phase_locking
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter Value
query
<mode>
Example 2
This example displays the current status (E1 Mode).
phase_locking query
GCLK Locking Mode Locked Ref. ID Status
==================================================== 0 1 ON ON Locking Locking YES YES RUNNING RUNNING E1 0 0 0 E1 0 0 0 STDBY ACTIVE
Bits Flag: Span is NOT connected to BITS.
Parameter Value
query
<mode>
3-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT reset_bsc
reset_bsc
Description
Forces the Initialization Process (IP) to reset the entire BSC. This command can be used after the sysgen_mode on command is executed. See the Note on page 2-83. This command may also be used in extreme cases to recover a BSC. A sysgen_mode off command followed by a reset_bsc command reinitializes the BSC system, without clearing the system database object nor reparsing the Genesis database script. NOTE If the mmi_spt.004 object (the Genesis database script object) resides on the system, the BSC will rebuild database.002 object (the system database) from the mmi_spt.004 object. If the mmi_spt.004 object does not reside on the system, the BSC will request a download of the mmi_spt.004 object from the OMC.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
sysgen_mode on page 2-83
Format
reset_bsc
Parameters
None.
Example
reset_bsc
WARNING: Site reboots now! Status = 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-27
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT restart_mon
BSC MMI Commands
restart_mon
Description
This command restarts the monitor process either on the local GPROC or a specied GPROC. This command is used to free up locked monitor terminal. If both the MMI and monitor terminals on a particular GPROC are locked up, the command can be issued from any other GPROCs MMI terminal by specifying a CPU number as the parameter.
Format
restart_mon [cpu_num]
Parameters
cpu_num
CPU number (in hexadecimal) of the GPROC on which monitor process needs to be restarted.
Example 1
To free up locked monitor terminal on current GPROC, issue the command without any parameter as follows:
restart_mon
3-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT restart_mon
Example 2
To free up locked monitor terminal on BSP GPROC (0115h)from a non-BSP GPROCs MMI terminal if the BSPs MMI terminal is locked up, issue the command as follows:
restart_mon 0115h
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-29
CHAPTER 3 - DEVICE MANAGEMENT unlock_device
BSC MMI Commands
unlock_device
Description
Unlocks a specied device from the locked state to free it from use. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages. NOTE For additional information on supported devices, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 2 RC
equip_device on page 3-11 lock_device on page 3-21 disp_dev_stat on page 4-18 disp_device on page 4-22
Format
unlock_device <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>
3-30
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
DEVICE device_id1 device_id2
Device name that uniquely identies the device. (See Appendix C for additional information) First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
device_id3
Supported devices
Device
Clock Bus Generic Clock Generic Processor Kiloport Switch Local Area Network Mutliple Serial Interface Message Transfer Link Operations and Maintenance Link Radio System Link Individual Span Line Time Division Multiplex Bus Transcoder BSC Link Transcoder
Literal
CBUS GCLK GPROC KSW LAN MSI MTL OML RSL SPAN TBUS XBL XCDR
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
3-31
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example unlocks a SPAN device, with an ID of 000, at the BSC.
unlock_device SPAN 0 0 0
Parameter: Value:
SPAN
0 0 0
Example 2
This example allows the CBUS device to transition to an unlock state.
unlock_device CBUS 0 1 0
Parameter: Value:
CBUS
0 1 0
3-32
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
4 4 Display
Introduction
The BSC display commands allow the user to display: administrat\ive state of devices and various functions information from the Conguration Management (CM) database current software version time alarms
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-1
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_act_cells
BSC MMI Commands
disp_act_cells
Displays all of the congured cells on the BSC and their current Administrative and Operational status. The type of channel mapping mode (trunked or one-to-one) is also displayed.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_act_cells
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_act_cells
C e l l U s a g e EBTS Site Number Local Cell ID Status subrate
trunking_flag ========================================================== 1 2 0 10 BLOCKED BLOCKED ON ON
4-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_audit_sched
disp_audit_sched
Description
Displays audit information for all scheduled devices.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_audit_sched on page 5-6
Format
disp_audit_sched
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_audit_sched
Device GCLK KSW MSI XCDR XCDR GPROC TBUS TDM CBUS Audit Type gclk_status safe safe safe vp_audit safe ext_lpbk conn_test safe Start 00:01 00:01 00:01 00:01 01:00 00:01 03:35 03:00 00:01 End 23:59 23:59 23:59 23:59 01:45 23:59 03:35 03:00 23:59 Interval 00:10 00:10 00:10 00:10 00:30 01:00 00:00 00:00 00:02
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-3
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_auto_vp_flag
BSC MMI Commands
disp_auto_vp_ag
Description
Displays the current state of the auto VP audit ag.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
auto_vp_ag on page 5-2
Format
disp_auto_vp_flag
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_auto_vp_flag
The auto_vp_flag is OFF.
4-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_bsc_stat
disp_bsc_stat
Description
Displays the status for all equipped devices in the BSC, as well as the reasons for disabled/enabled devices.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_bsc_stat
Parameters
None.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-5
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_bsc_stat
BSC MMI Commands
Example
disp_bsc_stat
GPROC 0 0 0 GPROC 1 0 0 GPROC 2 0 0 GPROC 3 0 0 BSP MSI MSI MSI XCDR XCDR XCDR XCDR SPAN SPAN SPAN SPAN OML GCLK GCLK KSW CAGE CAGE CAB SITE XBL XBL XBL OMF LCF LCF 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 (GPROC) BUSY UNLOCKED (GPROC) ENABLED UNLOCKED N o f u n c t i o n a s s i g n e d (EGPROC) BUSY UNLOCKED (EGPROC) ENABLED LOCKED BUSY BUSY BUSY DISABLED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED Hardware Board Out
(DUAL_48) BUSY UNLOCKED (DUAL_24) BUSY UNLOCKED (3TO1) BUSY UNLOCKED (6TO1) BUSY UNLOCKED BUSY DISABLED BUSY DISABLED BUSY DISABLED BUSY BUSY BUSY BUSY ENABLED BUSY ENABLED BUSY DISABLED BUSY BUSY ENABLED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED EQUIPPED EQUIPPED EQUIPPED No GPROC available Waiting for SABME GCLK is warming up GLCKis Phase Locked MSI locked or disabled Alarm detected
4-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_bsp
disp_bsp
Description
Displays XBL ids equipped on the BSP and the associated GPROC id.
level 1 RC
equip_device on page 3-11
Format
disp_bsp
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_bsp
BSP id
GPROC id
GPROC Type
Cage
Slot
XBL(s)
================================================== 0 0 EGPROC 0 20 none
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-7
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_cell
BSC MMI Commands
disp_cell
Description
Displays all programmable parameters for a specied cell.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC add_cell on page 2-2
Format
disp_cell <cell_id>
Parameters
cell_id
0-239 local cell ID of the cell to be displayed.
Example
This example shows programming parameters for Cell 0.
disp_cell 0
Primary ESMR Cell ID = 0 0 1 0 1 1 3 1 Secondary ESMR Cell ID = 0 0 1 0 1 1 2 1 overload_steps = 10 intra_cell_handover_allowed = 1 inter_cell_handover_allowed = 1 extrl_handover_allowed = 0 number _of_preferred_cells = 6 handover_required_reject_switch = 0 subrate_trunking_flag = on ssm_timer_value,0 = 30000 ccch_conf = 1 bs_ag_blks_res = 1
4-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_channel
disp_channel
Description
Displays connections between all sites (MSC and BSC).
level 1 SYSGEN/RC add_channel on page 2-4 chg_channel on page 2-19 del_channel on page 2-58
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
disp_channel
Parameters
None.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-9
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_channel
BSC MMI Commands
Example
disp_channel
S o u r c e MSI SPAN 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TS Grp 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 MSI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Destination SPAN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TS 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 CIRCUIT_ID 50 51 52 53 60 61 62 63 REMOTE_SITE_ ID 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55
4-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_checksum
disp_checksum
Description
Displays the ROM checksum, represented as a hexadecimal number. This command is typically used by eld technicians or installers.
Format
disp_checksum
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_checksum
U74: eeef02 U95: 1922168
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-11
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_cic_conn
BSC MMI Commands
disp_cic_conn
Description
Displays terrestrial circuit status and connection information.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
For E-BSC System: disp_cic_conn <all> | <Remote_site=<remote_site_id> For E-RXCDR System: disp_cic_conn <all> | <msi_id> [span] [Remote_site=remote_site_id] |
<Remote_site=remote_site_id> | <summary>
Parameters
all msi_id span remote_site_id summary
0-71 0-1 1-255 Displays information for all circuits. Device ID of the MSI card Device ID of the SPAN line Remote site ID associated with CIC Displays the summary of the circuits state. This parameter is used only in E-RXCDR systems.
4-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1:
This example shows all CICs that are in span link 13 0 associated with remote site id 54 for an E-RXCDR system.
disp_cic_conn 13 0 Remote_site=54
CIRCUIT REMOTE SITE MSI SPAN TS STATE SCCP
==================================================== 3005 3006 3007 54 54 54 13 13 13 0 0 0 12 13 14 BUSY IDLE IDLE 03 00 84 h ffffffh ffffffh
Example 2:
This example shows all CICs associated with remote site id 51 for an E-BSC system.
disp_cic_conn Remote_site=51
CIRCUIT REMOTE SITE
================== 12501 12502 12503 12504 12505 12506 12507 12508 12509 12510 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-13
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3:
This example shows all CICs that are in span link 0 0 for an E-RXCDR system.
disp_cic_conn 0 0
CIRCUIT REMOTE SITE MSI SPAN TS STATE SCCP
==================================================== 12501 12502 12503 12504 12505 12506 12507 12508 12509 12510 12511 12512 12513 12514 12515 12516 12517 12518 12519 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh ffffffh
Example 4:
This example shows a summary of the states for all circuits.
disp_cic_conn summary
IDLE CIC(s) ========= 0 ACTIVE CIC(s) =========== 0 BLOCKED CIC(s) ============ 57 ACTIVE-RESV CIC(s) =============== 0
4-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_cic_use
disp_cic_use
Description
Displays the CIC states of the specied remote site. If a remote site is not specied, then the command is assumed to be entered at a co-located system.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_cic_use <remote_site_id>
Parameters
remote_site_id
1-255 Remote site identier
Example 1:
This example shows the CIC state when executing this command from the CP BSC.
disp_cic_use 50
CIC Identifier 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CIC State IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE SCCP 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-15
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_cic_use
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2:
This example shows a typical response when executing this command from a remote transcoder (RXCDR).
disp_cic_use 51
CIC Identifier 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 NOTE: To find out CIC State, run disp_cic_use in CP BSC
4-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_circuit
disp_circuit
Description
Displays all terrestrial circuits for the specied MSI and SPAN line or both SPAN lines on the specied MSI. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC add_circuit on page 3-2 chg_circuit on page 3-4 del_circuit on page 3-8 disp_cic_use on page 4-15
Format
disp_circuit <msi_id> [<span_id>]
Parameters
msi_id span_id
0-71 0-1 Device ID of the MSI on which SPAN line is located. Device ID of the SPAN line.
Example
disp_circuit 13 0
CIC 3005 3006 3007 MSI 13 13 13 SPAN 0 0 0 TS 12 13 14 Grp 0 0 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-17
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_dev_stat
BSC MMI Commands
disp_dev_stat
Description
Displays the state of a specic device and the length of time the device is in that state. It also displays two reasons (console reason and software reason) if this device is out of service. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages. NOTE The time of last transition in the output should be interpreted as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Use the local time zone when interpreting the output times.
NOTE For additional information on supported devices, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 1 RC
equip_device on page 3-11 lock_device on page 3-21 unlock_device on page 3-30 disp_device on page 4-22
Format
disp_dev_stat <DEVICE> [<device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>]
4-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
NOTE The DEVICE parameter must be entered in uppercase letters. If device_id1 thru device_id3 are not entered, it will default to display the list of device information for that DEVICE LITERAL.
DEVICE
Device name that uniquely identies the device. (Appendix C for additional information) First device identier. This denition varies with each device. Second device identier. This denition varies with each device. Third device identier. This denition varies with each device.
device_id1 device_id2 device_id3
Supported devices
Device
Base Site Processor Cabinet Cage Clock Bus Generic Clock Generic Processor KiloPort Switch Local Area Network Mutliple Serial Interface Message Transfer Link
Literal
BSP CAB CAGE CBUS GCLK GPROC KSW LAN MSI MTL
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-19
BSC MMI Commands
Device
Operations and Maintenance Link Radio System Link EBTS Site Individual Span Line Cage TDM Bus Transcoder BSC Link Transcoder
Literal
OML RSL SITE SPAN TBUS XBL XCDR
Example 1
This example shows the status of all GPROCs that are cogured to a BSC/RXCDR system.
disp_dev_stat GPROC
GPROC Cage S l o t 0 0 0 3 0 0 40 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 23 22 19 State BUSY / UNLOCKED BUSY / UNLOCKED BUSY / UNLOCKED BUSY / UNLOCKED Time of last transition Wed Dec 13 17:34:37 2000 Wed Dec 13 17:34:57 2000 Wed Dec 13 17:35:19 2000 Wed Dec 13 17:35:21 2000 GPROC Type GPROC GPROC GPROC GPROC
================================================================
NOTE All times are in GMT fomat.
Parameter: Value:
GPROC
<DEVICE>
4-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2
This example shows the status of all OMLs that are congured to the system.
disp_dev_stat OML
OML GPROC Cage/Slot state Time of last transition OML Rate (Kbps)
========================================================== 00 0 10 0 3/0/23 3/0/23 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED Dec 13 17:35:52 2000 Dec 13 17:35:52 2000 64 64
Parameter: Value:
OML
<DEVICE>
Example 3
This example shows the status of all XCDRs that are congured to the system.
disp_dev_stat XCDR
XCDR State Time of last transition XCDR Type
==================================================== 0 0 0 Reason: DISABLED/UNLOCKED Wrong XCDR board Wrong XCDR board Mon Aug 4 22:24:51 1998 DUAL_48
2 0 0
BUSY/UNLOCKED
Mon Aug 24 10:04:46
3TO1
Parameter: Value:
XCDR
<DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-21
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_device
BSC MMI Commands
disp_device
Description
Displays the state and conguration information for either all the devices or a specied device. The conguration information represents data entered when the device was equipped. This command also displays the reason if the device is out of service. Entering an operational or administrative state restricts the list to those devices whose state matches the input state. The devices supported by this command are listed on the following pages. NOTE For additional information on supported devices, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
When some devices are equipped, a device ID is the only information requested. For other devices, no information is requested. When disp_device is executed for a device (where no information is requested), additional data is not displayed. If a device prompt was displayed (in an equip_device command) and the user entered a carriage return, no data for that (device) prompt is displayed (when using disp_device).
level 1 RC
equip_device on page 3-11 lock_device on page 3-21 unlock_device on page 3-30 disp_dev_stat on page 4-18
4-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Format
disp_device <all> | <DEVICE> [<device_id1> <device_id2>
<device_id3>]
or disp_device <all | DEVICE> [oper_state] [admin_state]
Parameters
NOTE The DEVICE parameter must be entered in uppercase letters. If parameter all is entered, the BSC will display all of the devices congured in the system. If parameter all is followed by a specic operational state and/or administrative state, then all the devices whose state(s) match the input state(s) will be displayed.
all DEVICE
Displays all of the devices congured in the system. Device name that uniquely identies the device. (See Appendix C for additional information) First device identier; this denition varies with each device. Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. Operational states are disabled, enabled, or busy. States can be abbreviated to a single character (i.e., busy can be busy, bus, bu, or b. Administrative statess are locked and unlocked. States can be abbreviated to a single character.
device_id1 device_id2 device_id3 oper_state
admin_state
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-23
BSC MMI Commands
Supported devices
Device
Base Site Processor Cabinet Cage Clock Bus Generic Clock Generic Processor Kiloport Switch Local Area Network Multiple Serial Interface Message Transfer Link Operations and Maintenance Link Radio System Link EBTS Site Individual Span Line Cage TDM Bus Transcoder BSC Link Remote Transcoder
Literal
BSP CAB CAGE CBUS GCLK GPROC KSW LAN MSI MTL OML RSL SITE SPAN TBUS XBL XCDR
4-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example shows state and conguration information on all GPROCs in the system.
disp_device GPROC
GPROC State cage slot GPROC Type Reasons
=========================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED ENABLED/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED ENABLED/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED ENABLED/UNLOCKED 0 1 1 1 2 2 20 19 20 19 20 19 EGPROC EGPROC EGPROC GPROC EGPROC GPROC Standby device Standby device Standby device
Parameter: Value:
GPROC
<DEVICE>
Example 2
This example shows state and conguration information on all XCDRs in the system.
disp_device XCDR
XCDR State cage s l o t XCDR type Reasons
==================================================== 0 0 0 2 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 DISABLED/UNLOCKED 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 18 22 22 23 DUAL_48 3TO1 3TO1 6TO1 Hardware board out Wrong XCDR board
DISABLED/UNLOCKED 1 BUSY/UNLOCKED 1
Parameter: Value:
XCDR
<DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-25
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3
This example shows state and coguration information on all OMLs in the system. NOTE If the system is in the SYSGEN mode, the state column will display N/A.
disp_device OML
OML id OMF/GPROC/ Cage/Slot State Rate MSI/SPAN/TS (Kbps) Link Type
========================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 0/ 3/0/23 0 /3/0/23 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 64 64 0 / 0 / 3 0 / 0 / 4 B-OML E-OML
Parameter: Value:
OML
<DEVICE>
Example 4
This example shows state and conguration information on all XBLs in the system.
disp_device XBL
XBL id Func/GPROC/ Cage/Slot Remote Site Id State MSI/SPAN/TS
========================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 LCF 0/ 4/0/22 BSP 0/ 0/0/20 52 52 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0/0/12 0/0/13
Parameter: Value:
XBL
<DEVICE>
4-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 5
This example shows state and conguration information on all RSLs in the system.
disp_device RSL
RSL id LCF id GPROC/ Cage/Slot State MSI/SPAN/TS Link Type
====================================================== 2 0 0 4 0 0 6 0 0 8 0 0 2 1 0 2 2 3 4 2 none none none none none DISABLED/UNLOCKED 4 / 0 / 0 No GPROC available DISABLED/UNLOCKED 4 / 0 / 2 No GPROC available DISABLED/UNLOCKED 4 / 0 / 4 No GPROC available DISABLED/UNLOCKED 4 / 0 / 6 No GPROC available DISABLED/UNLOCKED 4 / 0 / 1 No GPROC available MOBIS MOBIS MOBIS MOBIS SNMP
Parameter: Value:
RSL
<DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-27
BSC MMI Commands
Example 6
This example shows state and conguration information on all CAGEs in the system.
disp_device CAGE
cage id KSW KSWX TDM 0 KSWX TDM 1 Cab Id Cards
====================================================== 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 GPROC: 0,1,2,3 XCDR: none MSI: 0,1,6,5 GCLK: 0 KSW: 0
1 0 0
GPROC: 7,8,9,4 XCDR: none MSI: 4 GCLK: none KSW: none
Parameter: Value:
CAGE
<DEVICE>
4-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 7
This example shows state and conguration information on all SPANs in the system.
disp_device SPAN
SPAN STATE MSI cage MSI slot Reason Length(ft)
========================================================== 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 2 1 0 3 0 0 3 1 0 DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED DISABLED/UNLOCKED 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 16 14 14 15 15 13 13 0-768 131-917 262-1048 393-1179 524-1310 0-768 0-768 0-768 Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected Alarm detected
NOTE The output shown in the above example is produced for a T1 system.
Parameter: Value:
SPAN
<DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-29
BSC MMI Commands
Example 8
This example shows all the busy GPROCs and their conguration information on the system.
disp_device GPROC busy
GPROC STATE cage slot GPROC Type Reasons
========================================================== 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 1 2 20 20 20 EGPROC GPROC EGPROC
List is confined to busy devices.
Example 9
This example shows all the busy and unlocked GPROCs and their conguration information on the system.
disp_device GPROC busy unlocked
GPROC STATE cage slot GPROC Type Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 1 2 20 20 20 EGPROC EGPROC GPROC
List is confined to busy & unlocked devices.
4-30
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 10
This example shows all the busy GPROCs and their conguration information on the system.
disp_device all busy
GPROC State cage slot GPROC Type Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 1 2 20 20 20 EGPROC EGPROC GPROC
BSP ID
GPROC ID
GPROC Type
Cage
Slot
Reasons
======================================================== 0 0 EGPROC 0 20 none
MSI
State
cage
slot
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 6 0 0 12 0 0 15 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 0 0 1 2 2 16 14 15 16 16 13
SPAN
State
MSI cage
MSI slot
Reasons
====================================================== 1 0 0 2 1 0 6 0 0 12 0 0 15 0 0 15 1 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 0 1 2 2 2 14 15 16 16 13 13
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-31
BSC MMI Commands
OML id
OMF/GPROC/ Cage/Slot
State
MSI/SPAN/TS
Rate (Kbps)
Link Type
====================================================== List is confined to busy devices.
GCLK
State
cage
s l o t Rev C L K X _ s l o t s Reasons
====================================================== 1 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 3 9 3 GCLK is Phase Locked
KSW
State
cage
slot
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 1 2 27 27 27
TBUS IDS
State
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED
CAGE ID
State
KSW
KSWX TDM1
KSWX Id
Cab
Cards
====================================================== 0 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 0 0 0 GPROC: 0,1 XCDR: 0,1,2,3 MSI: 0,1,2,3 4,5,24,25 26,27 GCLK: 0 KSW: 0 1 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED 1 0 0 0 GPROC: 2,3 XCDR: 4,5,6,7 MSI: 6,7,8,9
4-32
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
10,11,28,29 30,31 GCLK: none KSW: 1 2 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED 2 0 0 1 GPROC: 4,5 XCDR: 8,9,10,11 MSI: 12,13,14,15 16,27,32,33 34,35 GCLK: none KSW: 2 List is confined to busy devices.
CABINET IDS
State
Reasons
SITE ID
State
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED
XCDR
State
cage
slot
XCDR_type
Reasons
====================================================== 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 7 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED 0 0 0 1 21 22 23 23 DUAL_24 3TO1 6TO1 6TO1
XBL id
Func/GPROC/ Cage/Slot
Remote Site Id
State
MSI/SPAN/TS
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-33
BSC MMI Commands
CBUS IDS
State
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED BUSY/UNLOCKED
LAN IDS
State
Reasons
====================================================== 0 0 0 BUSY/UNLOCKED
NOTE The output shown in the example above is produced for an E1 system.
4-34
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_dsp_reload
disp_dsp_reload
Description
Displays the current status of the DSP reload ag.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
set_dsp_reld_ag on page 2-75
Format
disp_dsp_reload
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_dsp_reload
The dsp_reload_flag is ON.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-35
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_dte
BSC MMI Commands
disp_dte
Description
Displays the specied DTE addresses. This command used mainly by eld technicians or installers.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_dte on page 2-27
Format
disp_dte [<link> <link_number>]
Parameters
link
bsc omcr The location of the Base Station Controller (BSC) link. The location of the Operations and Maintenance Center Radio Part (OMCR) link. If the link is at the BSC, this is the range. If the link is at the OMCR, this is the range.
link_num
0-3 0-7
NOTE If parameters are not specied, all BSC and OMCR data is displayed.
4-36
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_dte
Example 1:
This example shows all DTE link addresses (in binary coded decimal).
disp_dte
BSS DTE addresses: Address #0: 31, 60, 10, 01, 31, 51, 00 Address #1: 31, 60, 10, 01, 31, 51, 00 Address #2: 31, 60, 10, 01, 31, 51, 00 Address #3: 31, 60, 10, 01, 31, 51, 00
OMCR DTE addresses: Address #0: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 27 Address #1: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 28 Address #2: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 29 Address #3: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 30 Address #4: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 45 Address #5: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 46 Address #6: 31, 00, 00, 00, 00, 00, 47 Address #7: Zero length address
Example 2:
This example shows the DTE link address and link numbers.
disp_dte bsc 2
DTE address for bsc link 2 is: 31,60,10,01,60,54,00
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-37
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_ebts_dte
BSC MMI Commands
disp_ebts_dte
Description
Displays all EBTS and OMC DTE addresses for existing sites.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC chg_dte on page 2-27
Format
disp_ebts_dte
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_ebts_dte
SITE NO. 1 3 5 6 7 8 16 18 20 26 41 42 EBTS ADDR 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 01h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 07h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 08h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 12h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 02h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 09h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 03h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 04h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 05h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 06h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 10h 31h 60h 10h 01h 41h 55h 11h OMC ADDR 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h 31h 60h 19h 01h 10h 41h 63h
4-38
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_element
disp_element
Description
Displays all of the congurable elements or the value of non-statistical or statistical elements in the CM database. Non-statistical elements are presented in the general command description of chg_element (non-statistical) and Appendix A.The statistical elements are presented in the Statistics chapter (in the description of chg_element) and Appendix B. In these sections of the manual, note requirements for indexes and/or cell numbers.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_element on page 2-31
Format
All Elements: disp_element all Non Statistical Elements: disp_element <element_name> [,<index1>][,<index2>]
[ [cell_number=<cell_number>] | [site=<site_number>] ](refer to Note below)

Statistical Elements: disp_element <element_name> [,<index1>][,<index2>]
[site=<site_number>]
NOTE The cell_number parameter is required for elements which have a checkmark () in Table 2-1 (All Congurable Elements). For all other elements (without ), the cell_number parameter is not required.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-39
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
element_name index1 String identifying the element in the CM database. Some elements require an index; they are highlighted with an asterisk in the table that follows. The value that this index represents, varies with the individual element name/ parameter. The non-statistical use of index1 may be found in Appendix A. The statistical use of index1 may be found in the Statistics chapter description of chg_element. Note that this parameter requires a comma before the index number. Some elements may require a second index; they are highlighted in the Statistics chapter. This index may only be used with statistical element names. Normal and Weighted Distribution statistical element names also require the use of index2. For the complete list of statistical element names refer to the description of the chg_element command in the Statistics chapter. 0-239 Number of the local cell I.D. identifying the cell in the CM database. Required for per cell parameters. They are highlighted by a checkmark in the table of element names in the command description of chg_element. EBTS site number (used with omc_dte_addr and ebts_dte_addr only). EBTS site number (used with omc_dte_addr and ebts_dte_addr only). String displaying all the congurable elements in alphabetical order.
index2
cell_number
site_number site_number all
1-80 1-80
Example 1:
This example shows the bit error rate loss threshold per day of 16 for site number 1.
disp_element ber_loss_daily site=1
ber loss daily = 16
4-40
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2:
This example shows the high_watermark3to1 value is 90%.
disp_element high_watermark_3to1
high_watermark_3to1 = 90%
Example 3:
This example shows the subrate_trunking_ag for cell 5 is on.
disp_element subrate_trunking_flag cell_number = 5
subrate_trunking_flag = on
Example 4:
This example shows all congurable elements being displayed.
disp_element all
ais_loss_oos assgn_fail_sub_chan_config assgn_fail_sub_chan_unavail backup_bsp_mtp_enable ber_loss_hourly ber_loss_restore bs_ag_blks_res all_cells_ins assgn_fail_sub_chan_in_use audio_switch_delay ber_loss_daily ber_loss_oos block_retries_num bsc_acces_delay
Refer to the BSC Commands Manual for more information.
Element names
Refer to the tables of element names shown in both, non-statistical and statistical applications of the chg_element command. Refer to Appendix A for additional information on non-statistical parameters. Refer to Appendix B for additional information on statistical parameters.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-41
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_env_alarm
BSC MMI Commands
disp_env_alarm
Description
Displays the current alarm status of Fan, Fan Fuse, and Power Supply.
Format
disp_env_alarm
Parameters
None.
4-42
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_env_alarm
Example
This example shows the current alarm status on all cages in the system.
disp_env_alarm
IAR ALARM STATUS: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ALARM: DPSM No Board, LOC: cage 0, slot: 0, Right Power Supply ALARM: DPSM No Board, LOC: cage 2, slot: 0, Left Power Supply IAR ALARM STATUS: --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ALARM: DPSM No Board, LOC: cage 1, slot: 0, Right Power Supply ALARM: DPSM No Board, LOC: cage 1, slot: 0, Left Power Supply
NOTE DPSM Slot Numbering: There are a possible of three DPSMs (Power Supplies) per cage. They are numbered from 0 to 2 with 0 being the right most slot and 2 being the left most slot. FAN Slot Numbering: There are a possible of 6 Fan and 6 Fan fuses per Cabinet. They are numbered from 0 to 5. Numbers 0 through 2 map to fans in the lower cage and 3 through 5 map to fans in the upper cage. Fans 0 and 3 are the right most fans in their respective cages.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-43
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_equipment
BSC MMI Commands
disp_equipment
Description
Displays all equipment at a specied location in the CM database.
Format
disp_equipment
Parameters
None.
Devices
The following table describes the devices that may be displayed with the disp_equipment command. Equipment may vary by location. This table contains only devices supported by the current software load.
4-44
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Device BSP CAB CAGE GCLK GPROC KSW MSI MTL OML RSL XCDR SITE SPAN XBL
Denition Base Site Processor, BSC CABinet CAGE Generic CLocK Generic PROCessor, device used for functions Kilo-port SWitch Multiple Serial Interface board Message Transfer Link Operations and Maintenance Link Radio System Link Transcoder BSC Site Span line on Multiple Serial Interface Board Remote Transcoder to BSC link.
Function
LCF OMF
Denition
Link Control Function, BSC Operations and Maintenance Function
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-45
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example shows all equipment.
disp_equipment
device id cage s l o t ------------------------------------------------------GPROC (EGPROC) GPROC (GPROC) GPROC (GPROC) BSP MSI MSI MSI SPAN SPAN SPAN SPAN MTL MTL RSL RSL RSL RSL OML OML GCLK KSW CAGE CAGE CAB SITE XBL LCF LCF LCF LCF 200 400 600 000 100 300 1400 100 110 300 1410 000 100 200 210 400 410 000 100 000 000 000 100 000 000 200 000 100 200 300 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21 18 19 20 6 7 8
4-46
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_func_stat
disp_func_stat
Description
Displays the current status of the specied function. This helps determine if the specied function is in-service (INS), out-of-service (OOS), locked, etc. Information about the length of time the specied function has been INS, OOS, locked, etc. is also displayed. NOTE The time of last transition in the output should be interpreted as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Use the local time zone when interpreting the output times.
NOTE For additional information on supported functions, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 1 RC
equip_function on page 3-17 disp_function on page 4-49
Format
disp_func_stat [<FUNCTION>] [<func_id1> <func_id2> <func_id3>]
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-47
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_func_stat
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
NOTE The FUNCTION parameter must be entered in uppercase letters.
FUNCTION func_id1
Literal that uniquely identies the function. (See Appendix C for additional information) First function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information)
func_id2
func_id3
Example
This example shows the status of the LCF and OMF functions.
disp_func_stat
STATUS INFORMATION: OMF ID State Time of last transition
============================================== 0 EQUIPPED/BUSY Tue Aug 25 22:24:51 1998
STATUS INFORMATION: LCF ID State
Time of last transition
============================================== 0 1 2 3 EQUIPPED/BUSY EQUIPPED/BUSY EQUIPPED/ENABLED EQUIPPED/ENABLED Tue Aug 25 22:24:51 1998 Tue Aug 25 22:25:09 1998 Tue Aug 25 22:26:16 1998 Tue Aug 25 22:26:57 1998
NOTE All times are in GMT fomat.
4-48
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_function
disp_function
Description
Displays current activity and status for a specied function. NOTE For additional information on supported functions, refer to Appendix C Device and function denitions.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
equip_function on page 3-17 disp_func_stat on page 4-47
Format
disp_function [<FUNCTION>] [<func_id1> <func_id2> <func_id3>]
Parameters
NOTE The FUNCTION parameter must be entered in uppercase letters. All parameters are optional. If no parameters are entered, the BSC will display all functions congured in the system.
FUNCTION func_id1
Literal that uniquely identies the function. (See Appendix C for additional information) First function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-49
BSC MMI Commands
func_id2
Second function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third function identier; this denition varies with each function. (See Appendix C for additional information)
func_id3
Supported functions
The following table denes the functions supported by this command. Included is the name of the function and the associated literal.
Function
Logical Control Function Operation and Maintenance Function
Literal
LCF OMF
Example 1
In following example, all congured functions are displayed.
disp_function
LCF-GPROC-CELL Info LCF id GPROC/ MCAP MTL(s) site id cell id XBL(s) C a g e / S l o t CAGE# ========================================================== 0 1 1/0/21 2/0/19 none 1 none none 2 3 none 1 none 1,2,3,4
OMF-GPROC-LINK Info OMF id GPROC/ MCAP E-OML(Kbp) B-OML(Kbps) XBL(s) C a g e / S l o t CAGE# ========================================================== 0 3/0/19 1 64 384 none
4-50
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2
In following example, the function LCF is displayed.
disp_function LCF 0 0 0
LCF GPROC/ MCAP MTL(s) SITE(s) CELL(s) XBL(s) C a g e / S l o t CAGE# ========================================================== 0 3/0/21 none -2 6 7 8 4 10 11 12 --
Example 3
In following example, the function OMF is displayed.
disp_function OMF
OMF-GPROC OMF GPROC/ MCAP E-OML Rate (Kbp) B-OML Rate (Kbps) XBL(s) C a g e / S l o t CAGE# ========================================================== 0 1/0/19 none 64 64 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-51
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_gclk_avgs
BSC MMI Commands
disp_gclk_avgs
Description
This command displays (in hex) the periodically stored GCLKs frequency register values over 24 hours (in 30 minute intervals) from NV RAM.
level 1 RC
clear_gclk_avgs on page 3-7 disp_gclk_cal on page 4-53
Format
disp_gclk_avgs <device_id>
Parameters
device_id
Example
This example displays (in hex) the periodically stored GCLKs frequency register values for GCLK 0 0 0.
disp_gclk_avgs 0
The GCLK 0 0 0 Frequency Register values are:
C9 C9 CA C9 CA C9 C9 C9 CA C9 C9 C9 CA CA CA C9 CA CA CA C9 C9 CA C9 CA CA C9 C9 C9 CA C9 CA C9 CA CA C9 C9 C9 C9 C9 CA CA CA CA CA C9 CA CA CA
Long Term Average = C9
4-52
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_gclk_cal
disp_gclk_cal
Description
This command displays (in hex) the GCLKs frequency register value from a particular GCLK. The output contains the average and lower and upper limits over 24 hours.
level 1 RC
clear_gclk_avgs on page 3-7 disp_gclk_cal on page 4-53
Format
disp_gclk_cal <device_id>
Parameters
device_id
Example
This example displays (in hex) the stored GCLKs frequency register value in GCLK 0 0 0.
disp_gclk_cal 0
GCLK 0 0 0 Clock frequency register value = C8 Long Term Average: bf Lower limit: 1a Upper limit: e9
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-53
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_interval
BSC MMI Commands
disp_interval
Description
This command allows you to display the intervals of statistics-related time intervals that are used for collecting statistical data. chg_element stat_interval (a non-statistical parameter) sets the duration of the time interval for the collection of statistical data. disp_interval shows the current interval (0-15) of statistical activity that is being measured. Along with the current interval number, it also shows the start-time of the interval series, and the start-times of each of the 16 intervals. To set the duration of an interval to a time period other than the default value (30 minutes), see chg_element on page 2-31.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_element on page 2-31 disp_element on page 4-39 disp_stats on page 4-78 disp_stats_intrvl on page 4-82
Format
disp_interval
Parameters
None.
4-54
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_interval
Example
In order to determine the current interval of the system, use the disp_interval command. There are 4 available intervals (0-3); once the 4th interval is completed, the system will wrap the interval back around to the rst interval (0) and begin again. The disp_stats command cannot be used without an interval number. (It can only be used if the interval has been completed; current statistics intervals cannot be displayed. See the disp_stats command on page 4-78.) The System Response displays the interval start time, and from there you can determine when this set of intervals began. Also, it helps you determine what the current time interval setting (duration) is for statistics.
disp_interval
Interval 0 1 2 3 Notes: 1) In this example, Interval 3 (which is ACTIVE) is not valid when using disp_stats . Only the stats for the expired intervals can be displayed. 2) All times reposted in the Start Time column are in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) format. Please use the local time zone when interpreting the displayed time. Start Time (HH:MM:SS) 22:30:00 23:00:00 23:30:00 00:00:00
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-55
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_ksw_config
BSC MMI Commands
disp_ksw_cong
Description
Displays the conguration of all KSWs.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_ksw_cong on page 2-45
Format
disp_ksw_config
Parameters
None.
4-56
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_ksw_config
Example
The following system response displays the conguration of all KSWs. NOTE HWY represents TDM highway; 2 TDM highways (HWY0 and HWY1) are used for a 2-cage system.
disp_ksw_config
ksw id HWYO HWY1 HWY2 HWY3 cage # ============================================= 0 1 0 3 1 0 NA NA NA NA 0 1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-57
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_kswx
BSC MMI Commands
disp_kswx
Description
Displays the status of either all the KSWXs (remote, expanded, and local KSWXs) or a specied KSWX.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_kswx [<cage><slot>]
Parameters
cage slot
0 to 5 0 to 9, 21 to 28 Species BSC cage where KSWX resides. The slot number where KSWX resides.
4-58
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_kswx
Example 1
The following example shows the status of all KSWXs.
disp_kswx
KSWX cage 0 slot 0 - No alarms found KSWX cage 0 slot 1 - Clock Fiber Alarm, Clock Bus A Alarm KSWX cage 0 slot 21 - No alarms found KSWX cage 0 slot 22 - TDM Alarm, Clock Bus A Alarm KSWX cage 0 slot 23 - No alarms found KSWX cage 1 slot 0 - Clock Fiber Alarm, Clock Bus B Alarm KSWX cage 1 slot 1 - No alarms found KSWX cage 1 slot 21 - No alarms found KSWX cage 1 slot 22 - TDM Alarm, Clock Bus A Alarm, Clock Bus B Alarm KSWX cage 1 slot 23 - TDM Alarm
NOTE Refer to the BSC Troubleshooting Guide (available on AccessSecure web site) for information on detected alarms.
Example 2
The following example shows the status of a specic KSWX (in cage 0, slot 21). Note that the specied slot must be equipped with a KSWX board.
disp_kswx 0 21
KSWX cage 0 slot 21 - No alarms found
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-59
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_lcf
BSC MMI Commands
disp_lcf
Description
Displays the LCF ID, its assigned GPROC, the cage which the MCAP DLSP process services, and the sites and cells that it controls.
level 1 RC
equip_function on page 3-17 disp_func_stat on page 4-47 disp_function on page 4-49
Format
disp_lcf
Parameters
None.
4-60
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_lcf
Example 1
The following system response displays all active LCFs:
disp_lcf
LCF - GPROC - CELL Info LCF GPROC/ MCAP MTL(s) SITE(s) CELL(s) XBL(s) C a g e / S l o t CAGE# ============================================= 0 3/0/21 none -2 6 7 8 4 10 11 12 1 4/0/22 none -6 8 123 21 22 23 2 3 4 7 5/0/23 N/A N/A N/A none N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A ---------------
Example 2
The following system response displays when no active LCFs:
disp_lcf
* * * There are no active LCFs * * *
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-61
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_level
BSC MMI Commands
disp_level
Description
Displays the current security level.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_level on page 2-46
Format
disp_level
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_level
Current security level is 1
4-62
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_mcap_gproc
disp_mcap_gproc
Description
Displays all MCAP GPROCs, their locations, and the assigned functions. If the assigned function shows N/A, it indicates that MCAP GPROC is a standby GPROC.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_mcap_gproc
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_mcap_gproc
Cage Slot GPROC Function Type
=================================================0 1 2 3 20 20 20 20 0 2 4 6 BSP LCF N/A OMF EGPROC EGPROC GPROC GPROC
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-63
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_msi_alarms
BSC MMI Commands
disp_msi_alarms
Description
Displays alarms for a selected MSI or all MSIs in the BSC.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_msi_alarms [msi_id]
Parameters
msi_id
0-71 ID of MSI for which alarms are to be displayed.
Example
disp_msi_alarms
MSI: 0 (Cage: 0/Slot 17) SPAN LINES ALARM CHECK MSI Is Not In Unlocked Busy State MSI: 1 (Cage: 0/Slot 16) SPAN LINES ALARM CHECK SPAN ALARMS 0 Red (Loss of Signal/Frame) Alarms: Continuously. 1 Red (Loss of Signal/Frame) Alarms: Continuously.
MSI: 2 (Cage: 0/Slot 15) SPAN LINES ALARM CHECK SPAN ALARMS
MSI: 3 (Cage: 0/Slot 14) SPAN LINES ALARM CHECK MSI Is Not In Unlocked Busy State All MSIs SPAN Line Alarms Report Completed
4-64
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_nail_conn
disp_nail_conn
Description
Displays all span-to-span nailed connections.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
add_span_nail on page 2-11 del_span_nail on page 2-64
Format
disp_nail_conn
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_nail_conn
S O U R C E ___Timeslots___ MSI SPAN TDM TS 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 514 546 578 738 770 802 8 9 10 15 16 17
D E S T I N A T I O N ___Timeslots___ MSI SPAN TDM TS 3 3 3 4 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 36 68 6 70 134 0 1 2 0 1 2
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-65
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_num_ebts_dl
BSC MMI Commands
disp_num_ebts_dl
Description
Displays the maximum number of EBTS download sessions that the BSC can perform.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
set_num_ebts_dl on page 2-76
Format
disp_num_ebts_dl
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_num_ebts_dl
Number of EBTS Downloads: 1
4-66
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_obj_info
disp_obj_info
Description
Displays object code information including name, version number, creation time, size, and checksum.
Format
disp_obj_info <code_obj_number>
Parameters
code_obj_number
0-255 Number of object for which information is displayed. (Type objects on the exec monitor terminal to display a complete listing of valid object numbers.)
Example
disp_obj_info 112
Object: Version Number: Checksum: Flags: Size: Date: mmi R 02.00.26 0x0 Obdcbff 0x00 151352 bytes 14:38 4/8/1996
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-67
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_omc_net
BSC MMI Commands
disp_omc_net
Description
Displays all network connections between the EBTS and OMC, with netcon ID.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_omc_net
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_omc_net
EBTS --- OMC Connection Information -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------NETCON EBTS ADDRESS CONNECTION LAN NO MAILBOX RSL STATE
==================================================================== 0x 6009D8 0x 600A00 0x 6009B0 31601001415202 31601001415107 31601001415241 SNMP SNMP SNMP 0219 0219 0217 8104 8106 8102 02 07 41 NS_ACTIVE NS_ACTIVE NS_ACTIVE
4-68
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_options
disp_options
Description
Displays the information in the feature option object to customer MMI terminal.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_options [all]
Parameters
all
If string all is entered, give full information.
Example 1:
disp_options
Enhanced XCDR system is Available.
Example 2:
disp_options all
Customer Name: BSC Market: ILL Load Version: R 00.00.00 Creation Date: 26/03/96 Enhanced XCDR System is Available.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-69
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_plp_net
BSC MMI Commands
disp_plp_net
Description
Displays all network connections between the BSC and the OMC, with netcon ID.
level 1 RC none
Format
disp_plp_net
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_plp_net
BSC --- OMC Connection Information -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------NETCON BSC ADDRESS FUNCTION LAN NO MAILBOX STATE
==================================================================== 0x 6009B0 0x 6007B8 31601001315100 31601001315100 EVENT_REPORT IPC_FUNCTION 0115 0115 000D 000F NS_ACTIVE NS_ACTIVE
4-70
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_rf_cr_cell
disp_rf_cr_cell
Description
This command displays cells that are in RF congestion relief mode.
level 1 RC disp_cell on page 4-8
Format
disp_rf_cr_cell
Parameters
None.
Example
This example displays cells that are in RF congestion relief mode.
disp_rf_cr_cell
Cell ID ===== 6 7 Site ID ===== 2 2
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-71
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_span_alarm
BSC MMI Commands
disp_span_alarm
Description
Displays the span-alarm for the type of span the BSC is congured for (E1 or T1). Also displayed is whether the alarm is on or off.
level 1 RC
set_span_alarm on page 5-25
Format
disp_span_alarm
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_span_alarm
REMOTE_LOSS_DAILY: ON REMOTE_LOSS_HOURLY: ON REMOTE_OOS: ON SLIP_LOSS_DAILY: ON SLIP_LOSS_HOURLY: ON SLIP_LOSS_OOS: ON REMOTE_TIME_OOS: ON AIS_TIME_OOS: ON RED_DAILY: ON RED_HOURLY: ON RED_OOS: ON RED_OOS_TIME: ON
4-72
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_span_tdm
disp_span_tdm
Description
Displays the mapping of span link time slots to TDM highway timeslots.
Format
disp_span_tdm <msi_id> [span_id]
Parameters
msi_id
0-71 Device ID of the MSI-2 associated with the span link on which information is to be displayed. Device ID of the span link to be displayed.
span_id
0-1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-73
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_span_tdm
BSC MMI Commands
Example
disp_span_tdm 0 0
MSI: 00 Span: 0
Span timeslot TDM timeslot 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 0001 0065 0129 0193 0257 0321 0385 0449 0512 0544 0576 0608 0640 0672 0704 0736 0768 0800 0832 0864 0896 0928 0960 0992
4-74
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_span_use
disp_span_use
Description
Displays the span link timeslot assignments, including RSL, OML, MTL, XBL, radio channel, subrate channel, terrestrial circuit, and nail connection.
Format
disp_span_use
<msi_id> [span_id]
Parameters
msi_id
0-71 Device ID of the MSI-2 associated with the span link on which information is to be displayed. Device ID of the span link to be displayed.
span_id
0-1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-75
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
disp_span_use 1 0
MSI: 1 SPAN: 0 Timeslot Assigned To 1 NAIL 2 OML: 0 0 0 3 NAIL 4 NAIL 5 CCT: 6 6 CCT: 7 7 CCT: 8 8 CCT: 9 9 CCT: 10 10 CCT: 11 11 CCT: 12 12 NAIL 13 NAIL 14 NAIL 16 CCT: 17 17 CCT: 18 18 CCT: 19 19 CCT: 20 20 CCT: 21 21 CCT: 22 22 CCT: 23 23 CCT: 24
Example 2
disp_span_use 1 0
MSI: 1 SPAN: 0 Timeslot 0 1 5 grp 0 5 grp 1 5 grp 2 5 grp 3 6 grp 0 6 grp 1 6 grp 2 6 grp 3 Assigned To RSL: 18 0 0 RSL: 18 1 0 SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/00/0 (32 20 18 ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/00/1 (32 20 19 ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/00/2 (32 20 1a ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/00/3 (32 20 1b ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/01/0 (32 21 18 ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/01/1 (32 21 19 ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/01/2 (32 21 1a ff) SCI:EBTS site id=50; EBTS span/ts/grp=1/01/3 (32 21 1b ff)
4-76
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3
disp_span_use 0
MSI: 0 SPAN: 0 Timeslot Assigned To 0 NAIL: 0 1 0 1 OML: 0 0 0 2 NAIL: 0 1 2 3 NAIL: 0 1 3 4 NAIL: 0 1 4 5 CCT: 13001 6 CCT: 13002 7 CCT: 13003 8 CCT: 13004 9 CCT: 13005 10 CCT: 13006 11 CCT: 13007 12 CCT: 13008 13 CCT: 13009 14 CCT: 13010 15 CCT: 13011 16 CCT: 13012 17 CCT: 13013 18 CCT: 13014 19 CCT: 13015 20 CCT: 13016 21 CCT: 13017 22 CCT: 13018 23 CCT: 13019
MSI: 0 SPAN: 1 Timeslot Assigned To 0 NAIL: 0 0 0 2 NAIL: 0 0 2 3 NAIL: 0 0 3 4 NAIL: 0 0 4 12 XBL: 0 0 0 13 XBL: 1 0 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-77
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_stats
BSC MMI Commands
disp_stats
Description
Displays a specic statistic. NOTE Some statistics may require an individual cell or board identier. A statistic requires a valid (past) interval number for the interval parameter shown in the disp_stats format. See the denition of interval, in the next section.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
level 1 RC
chg_element on page 2-31 (statistical and non-statistical) disp_element on page 4-39 disp_stats_intrvl on page 4-82 clear_stats on page 6-38
Format
disp_stats <interval> <statistical_element _name>
[cell_number=<cell_number>] | [board_id=<board_id>]
See the list in Table 6-1 for statistics parameters requiring cell_number. See the list in Table 6-2 for statistics parameters requiring board_id. The statistical_element_name parameters (and the basis for each of those statistical parameters) are dened in Appendix B.
4-78
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
At system start-up, the statistical time interval (interval) begins at zero. The time interval is stored in the database and can be modied or displayed using the chg_element and disp_element commands. The default value for interval is 30 minutes. Current time interval statistics cannot be displayed. Only statistics from past intervals may be viewed. The cell_number parameter should only be entered to identify a per cell or a per channel statistic. The board_id parameter should only be entered to identify a per link statistic. When using disp_stats to display a per link statistic, the output generated will report all links for a specied board.
Parameters
interval 0-3 Specic time period (0-3, the system default is: 0 = the rst 30 minute interval following system start-up, 1 = second 30 minute interval following system start-up, etc.). Valid only for a completed interval period (past intervals only). So, when using disp_stats, this parameter is not valid for the current interval. (See disp_stats_intrvl to determine the correct interval to use with the disp_stats command.) Global name of statistics that represents the statistics at the time of creation, deletion, and update. (See Table 6-1 and Table 6-2 to determine need for cell_number and board_id. Also, see Appendix B for denitions). Use uppercase lettering when entering this portion of the command. Global name of statistics that represents the statistics at the time of creation, deletion, and update. (See Table 6-1 and Table 6-2 to determine need for cell_number or board_id. Also, see Appendix B for denitions). Use uppercase lettering when entering this portion of the command. Local cell ID, indicating from which cell to display statistics. Specify for a per cell or a per channel statistic only.
statistical_element_ name
non_statistical_element_ name
cell_number
0-239
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-79
BSC MMI Commands
board_id
GPROC CPU ID (for example, 115h) identifying the board from which to display statistics. Specify for a per link statistic only. See list at the end of this chapter.
NOTE Refer to Table 6-2 to determine if the statistical_ element_name requires a board_id. Also, when entering this command, use upper case lettering for the statistical_element_name described.
Example 1:
Example 1 is a counter statistic that requires a cell_number because it is a per cell statistic. The following output will be displayed:
disp_stats 5 TOTAL_CALLS cell_number = 0
SITE: 0 CELL #: 1
MEAS_TYPE: TOTAL_CALLS Counter: 1
Where:
5 0
= the interval number = Local cell ID = requested statistics
TOTAL_CALLS
Example 2:
This is an example of a counter statistic that does not require a board_id because it is a per bss statistic. The following output will be displayed in the system response:
disp_stats 1 PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL
SITE: 0 BSS #: 1
MEAS_TYPE: PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL Counter: 13
4-80
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3:
The following command entry is a counter statistic that requires a board_id because it is a per link statistic. The following output will be displayed in the system response:
disp_stats 0 MTP_SL_FAIL board_id = 0115h
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 0115 SITE: 0 MTL Link # : 3 MEAS_TYPE : MTP_SL_FAIL Counter : 2
Example 4:
The following command entry is a total time (duration) statistic that requires a board_id because it is a per link statistic. The following output will be displayed in the system response:
disp_stats 1 MTP_UNAVAILABLE board_id = 0115h
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 0115 SITE: 0 MTL Link # : 3 MEAS_TYPE : MTP_UNAVAILABLE Duration Value (ms): 98245 Duration Mean (ms) : 49122 Duration Max. (ms) : 63720 Duration Min: (ms): 34525
NOTE When using disp_stats to display a per link statistic, the output generated will report all links for a specied board.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-81
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_stats_intrvl
BSC MMI Commands
disp_stats_intrvl
Description
Displays the current statistics reporting interval at the BSC.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_element on page 2-31 (statistical and non-statistical) disp_interval on page 4-54 disp_stats on page 4-78
Format
disp_stats_intrvl
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_stats_intrvl
stat_interval = 30
4-82
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_subrate
disp_subrate
Description
Displays the subrate pool identiers and the subrate channel identiers (SCI) for a BSC or E-RXCDR system.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC chg_subrate_olcc on page 2-51 del_subrate on page 2-66 ll_subrate on page 2-70
Format
For E-BSC System: disp_subrate <all> | <ebts_id> | <summary> For E-RXCDR System: disp_subrate <all> | <Remote_site=remote_site_id> [ebts_id] |
<summary>
Parameters
remote_site_id
1-255 ID of the E-BSC the E-RXCDR is connected to. This parameter is only optional for the E-RXCDR system. ID of the EBTS Displays all subrates information Displays the summary of the SCIs state
ebts_id all summary
1-80
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-83
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_subrate
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example shows SCIs for EBTS 2 in a BSC system.
disp_subrate 2
EBTS EBTS: CP-BSC: SCI (hex) ID: SPAN/TS/GRP MSI/SPAN/TS/GRP STATE SCCP BLOCKING REASON
=============================================================== 2 2 2 2 2 2 0/6/0 - SCI pool ID 0/6/0 0/6/1 0/6/2 0/6/3 0/7/0 3/0/6/0 3/ 0 / 6 / 1 3/0/6/2 3/0/6/3 3/0/7/0 02 06 00 ff 02 06 01 ff 02 06 02 ff 02 06 03 ff 02 07 00 ff IDLE BLKD/BSC BLKD/EBTS 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh
BLKD/BSC+EBTS 0xffffffh ACTIVE 0x020204h
Example 2
This example shows SCIs on Remote Site 53 on an E-RXCDR system.
disp_subrate Remote_Site=53
EBTS EBTS: E-RXCDR: SCI (hex) ID: SPAN/TS/GRP MSI/SPAN/TS/GRP REMOTE STATE SCCP SITE BLOCKING REASON
=============================================================== 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 0/6/0 - SCI pool ID 0/6/0 0/6/1 0/6/2 0/6/3 0/7/0 3/0/6/0 3/0/6/1 3/0/6/2 3/0/6/3 3/0/7/0 02 06 00 ff 53 02 06 01 ff 53 02 06 02 ff 53 02 06 03 ff 53 02 07 00 ff 53 IDLE BLKD/BSC BLKD/EBTS 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh
BLKD/BSC+EBTS 0xffffffh ACTIVE 0x020204h
0/ 6/0 - SCI pool ID 0/6/0 0/6/1 0/6/2 0/6/3 0/7/0 3/1/6/0 3/1/6/1 3/1/6/2 3/1/6/3 3/1/7/0 04 06 00 ff 53 04 06 01 ff 53 04 06 02 ff 53 04 06 03 ff 53 04 07 00 ff 53 IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh 0xffffffh
Example 3
This example shows a summary of the states for all SCIs.
disp_subrate summary
IDLE SCI(s) ========= 0 ACTIVE SCI(s) =========== 0 BLOCKED SCI(s) ============ 696 ACTIVE-RESV SCI(s) =============== 0
4-84
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_tdm_use
disp_tdm_use
Description
Displays the allocated timeslots on the specied TDM highway. If a device name is entered following the TDM highway, the timeslots for all devices of that type on the specied TDM highway are displayed. If a device name with a device ID is specied, all allocated timeslots for that device are displayed.
Format
disp_tdm_use <tdm_highway> [DEVICE] | <DEVICE> <device_id1>
Parameters
tdm_highway DEVICE device_id1 device_id2 device_id3
0-3 TDM highway number for which timeslot allocation information is to be displayed. Device to be displayed (XCDR, MSI, GPROC) First device identier; this denition varies with each device Second device identier; this denition varies with each device Third device identier; this denition varies with each device
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-85
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_tdm_use
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
disp_tdm_use 0
Allocated Time 0 1 10 32 41 42 72 73 103 104 134 135 165 166 196 197 227 228 258 259 289 290 320 321 330 352 361 362 392 393 423 424 454 455 485 486 516 517 547 548 578 579 609 610 640 641 650 672 681 682 712 713 743 744 774 775 805 806 836 837 867 868 898 899 929 930 960 961 970 992 1001 1002 Slots of TDM 0 2 3 4 33 34 35 64 65 66 74 96 97 105 106 128 136 137 138 167 168 169 198 199 200 229 230 231 260 261 262 291 292 293 322 323 324 353 354 355 384 385 386 394 416 417 425 426 448 456 457 458 487 488 489 518 519 520 549 550 551 580 581 582 611 612 613 642 643 644 673 674 675 704 705 706 714 736 737 745 746 768 776 777 778 807 808 809 838 839 840 869 870 871 900 901 902 931 932 933 962 963 964 993 994 995
5 36 67 98 129 160 170 201 232 263 294 325 356 387 418 449 480 490 521 552 583 614 645 676 707 738 769 800 810 841 872 903 934 965 996
6 37 68 99 130 161 192 202 233 264 295 326 357 388 419 450 481 512 522 553 584 615 646 677 708 739 770 801 832 842 873 904 935 966 997
7 38 69 100 131 162 193 224 234 265 296 327 358 389 420 451 482 513 544 554 585 616 647 678 709 740 771 802 833 864 874 905 936 967 998
8 39 70 101 132 163 194 225 256 266 297 328 359 390 421 452 483 514 545 576 586 617 648 679 710 741 772 803 834 865 896 906 937 968 999
9 40 71 102 133 164 195 226 257 288 298 329 360 391 422 453 484 515 546 577 608 618 649 680 711 742 773 804 835 866 897 928 938 969 1000
Example 2
disp_tdm_use GPROC 0 0 0
Allocated Time Slots of GPROC 0 0 0 0 256 32 288 64 320 96 352 128 384 160 416 192 448 224 480
Example 3
disp_tdm_use 0 GPROC
Allocated Time Slots of TDM 0 Device GPROC Device Id 0 0 0 Allocated Timeslots 0 32 64 96 128 160 192 384 416 448 640 672 704 896 928 960 224 480 736 992
256 288 GPROC 1 0 0 512 544 768 800
320 352 576 608 832 864
4-86
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_time
disp_time
Description
Displays the current real time of the system in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) format. The format of the time is day of the week, month, day, hour, minutes, seconds, and year. Once the time synchronization is enabled, the BSC will synchronize its internal clock using SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) and will display in UTC (Universal Coordinated Time) format. UTC time is not corrected for geographical time zones, consistent with other Network Elements in the iDEN system.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
chg_time on page 2-54
Format
disp_time
Parameters
None.
Example
This example the current date of Tuesday, January 1st, 1996 and the current system time of 1:33:18 pm.
disp_time
Tue Jan 1 13:33:18 1996
NOTE The time reported is in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Use the local time zone when interpreting the times.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-87
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_version
BSC MMI Commands
disp_version
Description
Displays the version and revision numbers of the current software load.
Format
disp_version
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_version
Load version R.01.04.42, Created MM/DD/YY HH:MM
4-88
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_vpr
disp_vpr
Description
Displays VP Recovery information at XCDR or VP level.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
disp_vpr [info] | [xcdr_id]
Parameters
info
Displays VP Recovery ags, statistics, and threshold settings on sysgen or non_sysgen mode. 0-54 Displays Recovery Information of VPs for the specied XCDR on non_sysgen mode.
xcdr_id
NOTE If no parameter is entered, disp_vpr displays Recovery Information for each busy XCDR on non_sysgen mode.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-89
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
disp_vpr info
The values displayed indicate the VP recovery function is enabled with the threshold values set to their defaults. The system has performed ve VP recovery attempts with three VPs successfully recovered and one VP passing the initial Voice Trunk Test (VTT); it also implies that one VP did not recover.
Element Name Value =================================================== short_call_flag vpr_vtt_flag short_call_inst short_call_thres normal_call_thres vpr_tot_attempts vpr_success_rec vpr_pass_init_vtt on on 2 10 20 5 3 1
Example 2
disp_vpr
This example displayes Recovery information for each busy XCDR, including number of Successful Recoveries and number of Recovery Attempts.
XCDR
Successful Recoveries /
Recovery Attempts
Inservice Time
=================================================== 0 6 7 9 10 11 15 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 / / / / / / / 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 Thu Sep 24 03:52:55 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:51:07 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:54:40 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:54:10 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:55:11 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:55:41 1998 Thu Sep 24 03:56:11 1998
4-90
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3
disp_vpr 6
This example displayes Recovery information of VPs for specied busy XCDR (6), including number of Successful Recoveries, number of Recovery Attempts, and last Recovery Attempt.
VP
Successful Recoveries /
Recovery Attempts
Last Recovery Attempt
=================================================== 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 / / / / / / / / / / / / 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 N/A N/A Thu Sep 24 03:56:11 1998 N/A N/A Thu Sep 24 03:56:11 1998 N/A N/A Thu Sep 24 06:10:34 1998 N/A N/A N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-91
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_xbl_conn
BSC MMI Commands
disp_xbl_conn
Description
Displays the current MMS connectivity between the RXCDR and the BSCs connected to it. This information is used by XBL links to route fault management information between the RXCDR to the appropriate BSC.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
add_xbl_conn on page 2-15 del_xbl_conn on page 2-68
Format
disp_xbl_conn
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_xbl_conn
The RXCDR to BSC connectivity is as follows: MSI 1/SPAN Line 0 is associated with XBL 1 remote site id is 54 Finished displaying RXCDR to BSC connectivity for XBL
NOTE The following response is displayed when there is no RXCDR to BSC connectivity:
There is no RXCDR to BSC connectivity in the database
4-92
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_xcdr_bypass
disp_xcdr_bypass
Description
Displays the XCDR-bypass-allowed ags for all congured cells.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
disp_xcdr_types on page 4-94 disp_xcdr_use on page 4-95
Format
disp_xcdr_bypass
Parameters
None.
Example
The following is a typical response for congured cells only.
disp_xcdr_bypass
EBTS Site Number Local Cell ID Bypass Flag ======================================== 1 8 22 3 24 54 1 1 1
NOTE If there are no cells congured with the XCDR-bypass-allowed ag, the following prompt appears:
There are no configured cells.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-93
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_xcdr_types
BSC MMI Commands
disp_xcdr_types
Description
Displays the types of all XCDRs. This command should be run at the system where XCDR cards are located.
level 1 RC equip_device on page 3-11 disp_device on page 4-22
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
disp_xcdr_types
Parameters
None.
Example
disp_xcdr_types
XCDR 1 0 0 3T01 XCDR 2 0 0 6T01 XCDR 3 0 0 DUAL_24 XCDR 4 0 0 DUAL_48
4-94
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_xcdr_use
disp_xcdr_use
Description
Displays the VP states and associated information about a specied XCDR. This command should be run at the system where XCDR cards are located.
level 1 RC none
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
disp_xcdr_use <xcdr_id> | <summary>
Parameters
xcdr_id summary
0-54 XCDR identier for which information is required. Displays summary of VPs state
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
4-95
CHAPTER 4 - DISPLAY disp_xcdr_use
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
disp_xcdr_use 20
XCDR Identifier=20 VP Identifier 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 VP type 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 3to1 VP State IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE IDLE CIC SCCP Remote_Site_ID
NOTE DUAL_24 type XCDR boards contain 24 VPs and DUAL_48 type XCDR boards contain 48 VPs.
Example 2
This example shows a summary of the states for all VPs.
disp_xcdr_use summary
IDLE VP(s) ========= 0 ACTIVE VP(s) =========== 0 BLOCKED VP(s) ============ 696 ACTIVE-RESV VP(s) =============== 0
4-96
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
5 5 Fault management
Introduction
Fault Management (FM) commands make specic functions or devices of the system available for monitoring.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-1
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT auto_vp_flag
BSC MMI Commands
auto_vp_ag
Description
Sets the auto VP audit ag on or off. With this ag set on, all of the VPs on a XCDR that transitions to the BUSY/UNLOCKED state are audited. NOTE Perform this command only on the BSP.
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
auto_vp_flag <mode>
Parameters
mode
on off Turn the audit on. Turn the audit off.
Example
auto_vp_flag on
COMMAND ACCEPTED. auto_vp_flag is set to ON.
5-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT bsc_audit
bsc_audit
Description
Executes an audit of all devices (whose audits are enabled) at the BSC.
level 2 RC
cage_audit on page 5-4 chg_audit_sched on page 5-6 device_audit on page 5-9
Format
bsc_audit [control]
Parameters
control
off on Suspends all site audits at the site. Resumes all site audits at the site.
Note: If no parameter is entered, audits are performed on all devices.
Example
This example shows how all site audits are suspended.
bsc_audit on
Device: BSC Device id: 0 0 0 Resume Audit Status: 0
bsc_audit off
Device: BSC Device id: 0 0 0 Suspend Audit Status: 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-3
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT cage_audit
BSC MMI Commands
cage_audit
Description
Suspends/resumes the scheduled auditing of a specic BSC cage. Its also used to execute an on-demand audit (all or safe) of a specic BSC cage.
level 2 RC
bsc_audit on page 5-3 chg_audit_sched on page 5-6 device_audit on page 5-9
Formats
cage_audit <control> <cage_number> | <cage_number> <audit_type>
Parameters
control
off on Suspends all cage audits at the site. Resumes all cage audits at the site. (This parameter not used when audit_type parameter is specied; see examples.) Species BSC cage to be audited. Species safe tests only (i.e., those tests which do not affect service). Species all tests.
cage_number audit_type
0-5 safe all
5-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT cage_audit
Example 1:
This example executes a safe audit for all devices in cage 0.
cage_audit 0 safe
Example 2:
This example resumes all audits for all devices in cage 1.
cage_audit on 1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-5
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT chg_audit_sched
BSC MMI Commands
chg_audit_sched
Description
Selectively congures the scheduling of audit execution on a device type and audit type basis.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
disp_audit_sched on page 4-3
Format
chg_audit_sched <DEVICE> <audit_type> <start_time> <end_time>
<interval>
Parameters
DEVICE audit_type
safe int_lpbk ext_lpbk gclk_status vp_audit conn_test Literal that uniquely denes the device type. Tests which are not service-affecting. Internal loopback tests. External loopback tests. GCLK status tests. VP tests (VPs reside on the XCDR). TDM connectivity test. Time of day (standard military GMT ) when audit is to begin; specied in hours:minutes. Time of day (standard military GMT) when audit is to end; specied in hours:minutes. Species how often during audit window (set by start_time and end_time) audit tests are run).
start_time end_time interval
00:00-23:59 00:00-23:59 00:00-23:59
5-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter notes
If start_time and end_time both equal 00:00 and interval does not equal 00:00, the audit window is set for 24 hours a day. If end_time is greater than start_time and interval time does not equal 00:00, then the audit window is determined by start_time and end_time and audit tests are run according to the interval time. If start_time equals end_time and interval time is 00:00, then audit tests occur once per day at time specied. If start_time and interval both equal 00:00 and end_time is non-zero, then the audit is turned off. NOTE All times are in Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). Remember to note the local time zone when determining when the audits will be executed.
Example 1:
This example establishes an audit schedule. A safe audit is performed on the XCDR device between 9:30 a.m. GMT and 10:30 p.m. GMT with an interval of once every 15 minutes.
chg_audit_sched XCDR safe 9:30 22:30 0:15
Parameter: Value:
XCDR safe 9:30 22:30 0:15
<DEVICE> <audit_type> <start_time> <end_time> <interval>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-7
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2:
This example establishes an audit schedule. A safe audit is performed on all XCDR devices once per day at 2:00 a.m. GMT.
chg_audit_sched XCDR safe 2:00 2:00 0:0
Parameter: Value:
XCDR safe 2:00 2:00 0:0
<DEVICE> <audit_type> <start_time> <end_time> <interval>
Audit type availability

The following table lists the audit types currently available for the various hardware boards and buses.
Audit test type categories
Safe tests External loopback Other tests GCLK status test VP test Clock Bus (CBUS) GCLK Board (GCLK) GPROC Board (GPROC) KSW Board (KSW) MSI-2 Board (MSI) TDM Bus (TBUS) XCDR Board (XCDR) VP tests GCLK status test
Hardware boards & buses (Literal)

Cage (CAGE)
5-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT device_audit
device_audit
Description
This command is used to resume/suspend all audits for a specied device or to initiate a specic test for a specied device.
level 2 RC
bsc_audit on page 5-3 chg_audit_sched on page 5-6 cage_audit on page 5-4
Format
device_audit <control> <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2>
<device_id3> | <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3> <audit_type>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-9
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
control
off on Suspends all audits for the specied device. Resumes all audits for the specied device. (This parameter not used when audit_type parameter is specied; see examples.) Literal that denes the particular device. First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) safe ext_lpbk gclk_status Tests which do not affect service. External loopback tests. GCLK status tests.
DEVICE device_id1
device_id2
device_id3
audit_type
Example 1:
This example executes a safe audit for a CBUS device with a device ID of 0 0 0.
device_audit CBUS 0 0 0 safe
Parameter: Value:
CBUS 0 0 0 safe
<DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3> <audit_type>
5-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2:
This example suspends all audits for a KSW device with a device ID of 1 0 0.
device_audit off KSW 1 0 0
Parameter: Value:
off KSW 1 0 0
<control> <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>
Audit type availability

The following table lists the audit types currently available for the various hardware boards and buses.
Audit test type categories
Safe tests External loopback Other tests GCLK status test VP tests Clock Bus (CBUS) GCLK Board (GCLK) GPROC Board (GPROC) KSW Board (KSW) MSI-2 Board (MSI) TDM Bus (TBUS) XCDR Board (XCDR) VP tests GCLK status test
Hardware boards & buses (Literal)

Cage (CAGE)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-11
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_mode
BSC MMI Commands
ftp_mode
Description
Species whether all or only translated alarms are reported.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_mode
<report_mode>
Parameters
report_mode
raw translated All alarms are reported. Only translated alarms are reported.
Example
This example selects all alarms for reporting.
ftp_mode raw
5-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_query_alarm
ftp_query_alarm
Description
Displays a list of up to the last 10 alarms for the specied device.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_query_alarm <DEVICE> <device_id1> [device_id2] [device_id3]
Parameters
DEVICE device_id1
Literal that uniquely identies the device. First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
device_id2
device_id3
Example
This example displays a list of alarms for the GPROC device.
ftp_query_alarm GPROC 1 0 0
Device: GPROC 1 0 0. Alarm Count: 0. Alarm Info: 1
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-13
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_report_bsc
BSC MMI Commands
ftp_report_bsc
Description
Sets the FTP fault reporting for the entire BSC on or off.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_report_bsc <rep_request>
Parameters
rep_request
resume stop Reporting turned on. Reporting turned off.
Example
This example turns off the fault reporting for the BSC.
ftp_report_bsc stop
5-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_report_cage
ftp_report_cage
Description
Sets the FTP fault reporting for the specied cage on or off.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_report_cage <rep_request> <cage_no>
Parameters
rep_request
resume stop Reporting turned on. Reporting turned off. Species BSC cage number.
cage_no
0-5
Example
This example turns off fault reporting for cage number 0.
ftp_report_cage stop 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-15
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_report_dev
BSC MMI Commands
ftp_report_dev
Description
Sets the FTP fault reporting on or off for the specied device.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_report_dev <rep_request> <sev_level> <DEVICE> <device_id1>
5-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_report_dev
Parameters
rep_request
resume stop Reporting turned on. Reporting turned off. All (used by both stop and resume report request) Warning (used by resume report request only) Minor (used by resume report request only) Major (used by resume report request only) Critical (used by resume report request only) Literal that uniquely identies the specied device. First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
sev_level
0 1 2 3 4
DEVICE device_id1
device_id2
device_id3
Example
This example turns on fault reporting for critical alarms only for a GPROC device.
ftp_report_dev resume 4 GPROC 1 0 0
Parameter: Value:
4 GPROC
<sev_level> <DEVICE>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-17
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_severity_lvl
BSC MMI Commands
ftp_severity_lvl
Description
Sets the threshold for alarm reporting. Only alarms equal to, or more severe than, the specied threshold level are reported.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_severity_lvl <severity_level>
Parameters
severity_level
0 1 2 3 4 All Warning Minor Major Critical
Example
This example sets the alarm threshold for major alarms. Only major and critical alarms are now reported.
ftp_severity_lvl 3
5-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_trans_bsc
ftp_trans_bsc
Description
Sets the FTP alarm translation on or off for the entire BSC.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_trans_bsc <trans_request>
Parameters
trans_request
resume stop Translation turned on. Translation turned off.
Example
This example turns off fault translation for the entire BSC.
ftp_trans_bsc stop
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-19
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_trans_cage
BSC MMI Commands
ftp_trans_cage
Description
Sets the FTP alarm translation on or off for the specied cage.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_trans_cage <trans_request> <cage_num>
Parameters
trans_request
resume stop Translation turned on. Translation turned off. Literal that uniquely identies the specied cage.
cage_num
0-5
Example
This example turns off fault translation for CAGE 1.
ftp_trans_cage stop 1
Parameter: Value:
stop 1
<trans_request> <cage_num>
5-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_trans_dev
ftp_trans_dev
Description
Sets the FTP alarm translation on or off for the specied device.
level 2 RC none
Format
ftp_trans_device <translation_request> <DEVICE> <device_id1>
[<device_id2>] [<device_id3>]
Parameters
trans_request
resume stop Translation turned on. Translation turned off. Literal that uniquely identies the specied device. First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
DEVICE device_id1
device_id2
device_id3
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-21
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT ftp_trans_dev
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example turns off fault translation for the GPROC device.
ftp_trans_dev stop GPROC 1 0 0
Parameter: Value:
stop GPROC
<trans_request> <DEVICE>
5-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT query_audits
query_audits
Description
Lists the audit tests in progress for a specic device.
level 2 RC none
Format
query_audits <audit_type> <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2>
<device_id3>
Parameters
audit_type
short long List all audits for a specic device. List all info for all audits for a specic device. Literal that uniquely identies the specied device. First device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Second device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information) Third device identier; this denition varies with each device. (See Appendix C for additional information)
DEVICE device_id1
device_id2
device_id3
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-23
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT query_audits
BSC MMI Commands
Example
This example requests a short list of audits in progress for a GPROC device with an ID of 0 0 0.
query_audits short GPROC 0 0 0
Parameter: Value:
short GPROC 0 0 0
<audit_type> <DEVICE> <device_id1> <device_id2> <device_id3>
5-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT set_span_alarm
set_span_alarm
Description
This command enables\disables a specic span alarm.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
disp_span_alarm on page 4-72
Format
set_span_alarm <all><mode> | <mode><index>
Parameters
mode
on off Turns the span alarm on. Turns the span alarm off. Single alarm index. See Alarm index denitions. All span alarms.
index
all
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-25
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT set_span_alarm
BSC MMI Commands
Alarm index denitions

This section denes the alarm types and associated index numbers used with this command:
Alarm type Index
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
T1 span link
REMOTE_LOSS_DAILY REMOTE_LOSS_HOURLY REMOTE_OSS SLIP_LOSS_DAILY SLIP_LOSS_HOURLY SLIP_LOSS_OSS REMOTE_TIME_OOS AIS_TIME_OOS RED_DAILY RED_HOURLY RED_OOS RED_OOS_TIME
E1 span link
SYNC_LOSS_DAILY SYNC_LOSS_HOURLY SYNC_LOSS_OOS REMOTE_LOSS_DAILY REMOTE_LOSS_HOURLY REMOTE_OOS SLIP_LOSS_DAILY SLIP_LOSS_HOURLY SLIP_LOSS_OOS SYNC_TIME_OOS REMOTE_TIME_OOS
Example
This example disables the span link alarm REMOTE_LOSS_ HOURLY for a T1 link.
set_span_alarm off 1
5-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT tdm_conn_test
tdm_conn_test
Description
This command is used to request TDM connectivity tests.
level 2 RC bsc_audit on page 5-3 cage_audit on page 5-4 chg_audit_sched on page 5-6 device_audit on page 5-9
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
tdm_conn_test <all> | <ksw1_pair> <ksw2_pair>
Parameters
ksw1_pair ksw2_pair all
0-3 0-3 Source KSW pair Destination KSW pair String specifying all active KSW pairs.
NOTE If the parameter all is entered, all the active extended KSW paths will be tested. ksw1_pair cannot be equal to ksw2_pair.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-27
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT tdm_conn_test
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example executes a TDM connectivity test on all the possible paths on the active TDM highway.
tdm_conn_test all
TDM Connectivity Test PATH STATUS REASON -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 to 1PASS 1 to 0FAIL Bad KSWX connection - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx Slot yy 0 to 2FAIL Missing KSWX card - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx Slot yy 2 to 0FAIL Bad KSWX connection - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx Slot yy 0 to 3FAIL Bad KSWX card - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx Slot yy 3 to 0 FAIL Bad KSWX connection - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx, Slot yy 1 to 2PASS 2 to 1PASS 1 to 3PASS 3 to 1PASS
Example 2
This example executes a TDM connectivity test on all the specied extended KSW paths.
tdm_conn_test 0 1
TDM Connectivity Test PATH STATUS REASON -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 to 1PASS 1 to 0FAIL Bad KSWX connection - Cage x Slot y, Cage xx Slot yy
5-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT test_vp
test_vp
Description
Tests the sanity of the specied VPs. This command must be run at the system where XCDR cards are located. NOTE This command must be run where transcoder cards are located.

level 2 RC none
RXCDR
E-BSC
E-RXCDR
Format
test_vp <all> | <3to1 | 6to1 | dual_24 | dual_48> | <XCDR xcdr_id> |
<xcdr_id vp_id>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-29
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
all 3to1 \ 6to1\dual_24|dual_48
String all should be entered to initiate a test of all VPs on all XCDRs. Species the type of the XCDRs to be audited. Enter string 3to1 to test all VPs on all 3to1 type XCDRs. Each 3to1 type XCDR has 12 VPs. Enter string 6to1 to test all VPs on all 6to1 type XCDR. Each 6to1 type XCDR has 24 VPs. Enter string dual_24 to test all VPs on all dual_24 type XCDRs. Each dual_24 type XCDR has 24 VPs. Enter string dual_48 to test all VPs on all dual_48 type XCDRs. Each dual_48 type XCDR has 48 VPs. Tests all VPs on a specic XCDR card. This parameter is composed of a string XCDR, and the second is the XCDR identier. (0-54| 0-47) Tests a specic VP on a specic XCDR. This parameter consists of two numbers. The rst number is the XCDR identier and the second number is a VP identier on that XCDR. Enter the VP id depending on the type of that XCDR. Each 3to1 type XCDR has 12 VPs. Each 6to1 type XCDR has 24 VPs. Each dual_24 type XCDR has 24 VPs. Each dual_48 type XCDR has 48 VPs.
XCDR xcdr_id
xcdr_id vp_id
Example 1
test_vp 3to1
Total VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP Audit VP VP CAGEs to be audited = 2 0 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 1 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 2 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 3 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 4 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 5 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 6 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 7 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 8 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 9 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 1 0 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) 1 1 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 2 (3TO1) completed in cage 0. 0 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 (3TO1) 1 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 (3TO1)
/CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE
0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT 0/SLOT
8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8) 8)
: : : : : : : : : : : :
Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit
/CAGE 1/SLOT 6) : Passed Audit /CAGE 1/SLOT 6) : Passed Audit
5-30
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP VP Audit
2 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 3 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 4 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 5 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 6 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 7 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 8 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 9 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 1 0 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 1 1 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 3 completed in cage
(3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) (3TO1) 1.
/CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE /CAGE
1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT 1/SLOT
6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6)
: : : : : : : : : :
Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit Audit
Example 2
test_vp dual_24
Total VP VP VP . . VP Audit VP VP VP . . VP Audit CAGEs to 0(3to1) 1(6to1) 2(3to1) be audited = 2 (XCDR 4(DUAL_24) /CAGE 0/SLOT 4) : Passed Audit (XCDR 4(DUAL_24) /CAGE 0/SLOT 4) : Passed Audit (XCDR 4(DUAL_24) /CAGE 0/SLOT 4) : Passed Audit
2 3 ( 6 t o 1 ) (XCDR 4(DUAL_24) completed in cage 0. 0 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 5(DUAL_24) 1 ( 6 t o 1 ) (XCDR 5(DUAL_24) 2 ( 3 t o 1 ) (XCDR 5(DUAL_24)
/CAGE 1/SLOT 4) : Passed Audit /CAGE 1/SLOT 10) : Passed Audit /CAGE 1/SLOT 10) : Passed Audit /CAGE 1/SLOT 10) : Passed Audit
2 3 ( 6 t o 1 ) (XCDR 5(DUAL_24) /CAGE 1/SLOT 10) : Passed Audit completed in cage1.
NOTE DUAL_48 type XCDR boards contain 48 VPs.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-31
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT
BSC MMI Commands
vp_sched_aud_off
Description
Disables the scheduled VP audit.
Format
vp_sched_aud_off
Parameters
None.
Example
vp_sched_aud_off
5-32
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT vp_sched_aud_off
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
5-33
CHAPTER 5 - FAULT MANAGEMENT vp_sched_aud_off
BSC MMI Commands
5-34
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
6 6 Statistics
Introduction
The statistics commands perform the following tasks: enable/disble statistics display/modify statistics for devices or cells modify statistics time interval for system monitor active (enabled) statistics for system report statistics data
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-1
CHAPTER 6 - STATISTICS
BSC MMI Commands
Requirements
The statistical element names are used with the following statistics commands: disp_element on page 4-39 (element literal must be lower case) disp_stats on page 4-78 (element literal must be upper case) on page 6-8 (element literal must be lower case) clear_stats on page 6-38 (element literal must be upper case)
Cell Number and Board IDs

Some statistical element names require use of a cell_number or a board_id. The following tables indicate which element names require entry of a cell_number or board_id . A table is presented for each of the following element categories: Per cell/per channel elements Per link To use disp_stats or clear_stats for individual statistics, cell numbers are required. To change or display an element using chg_ele or disp_ele, no cell number is required.
Calculating Board IDs

Some commands (such as clear_stats) contain a board_id parameter. This parameter is used to identify a particular GPROC board location within the BSC. It is specied as a two-byte hexadecimal number which represents the cage and slot location of the GPROC. To calculate the board_id number, use the following formula:
Byte 1 Byte 2
board_id number = (cage numberHEX +1) (slot numberHEX +1) Example 1: For a GPROC in Cage 0, Slot 20: board_id number = (0 + 1) (14 + 1) = (1) (15) = 115HEX Example 2: For a GPROC in Cage 1, Slot 19: board_id number = (1 + 1) (13 + 1) = (2) (14) = 214HEX
6-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Per cell/per channel elements

Table 6-1 lists the elements per cell or per channel which require entry of the cell_number.
Table 6-1
Per cell/per channel elements requiring cell_number disp_element chg_element clear_stats

Element literal
assgn_fail_sub_chan_cong assgn_fail_sub_chan_in_use assgn_fail_sub_chan_unavail bsc_access_delay bsc_call_hold_time inter_bsc_ho_delay initl3_loc_update initl3_det_indication initl3_service_req initl3_page_resp clr_req_to_msc_before_ac clr_req_to_msc_after_ac clr_cmd_from_msc_before_ac clr_cmd_from_msc_after_ac bsc_switch_failure bsc_switch_success sccp_conn_refused sccp_conn_conrmed sccp_conn_released unsuccessful_assignment
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
disp_stats

6-3
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-1

Element literal
cipher_mode_fail clr_req_to_msc conn_refused conn_req_to_msc ho_req_msc_ok ho_req_msc_fail in_inter_ho inter_bsc_ms_fail inter_bsc_req_to_msc intra_bsc_ho intra_bsc_ho_fail intra_bsc_ho_lostms intra_bsc_ho_pri_blk intra_bsc_ho_req intra_cell_ho intra_cell_ho_fail intra_cell_ho_lostms intra_cell_ho_req ma_req_from_msc out_inter_ho total_calls ho_out_fail_cngst ho_in_fail_cngst channel_assigned_3to1 channel_assigned_6to1
6-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_stats

BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-1

Element literal
channel_blocked_3to1 channel_blocked_6to1 xcdr_bypass_3to1 xcdr_bypass_6to1 channel_failure_3to1 channel_failure_6to1 page_req_to_ebts sub_chan_blk_1st_try sub_chan_blk_inter_bsc_ho sub_chan_blk_inter_cell_ho sub_chan_blk_intra_cell_ho sub_chan_blk_retry
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
disp_stats

6-5
BSC MMI Commands
Per link
Table 6-2 lists the elements per link which require entry of the board_id.
Table 6-2
Per link elements requiring board_id disp_element chg_element clear_stats

Element literal
congestion_lost_msu frmr i_frames_rx i_frames_tx invalid_frames_rx msu_discarded mtp_changeback mtp_changeover mtp_congestion mtp_linkfail mtp_link_ins mtp_local_busy mtp_local_mgt mtp_mgt_inhibit mtp_mgt_uninhibit mtp_msu_tx mtp_msu_rx mtp_neg_acks mtp_remote_mgt mtp_remote_proc mtp_re_tx
6-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_stats

BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-2
Per link elements requiring board_id disp_element chg_element clear_stats

Element literal
mtp_restoration mtp_sif_sio_rx mtp_sif_sio_tx mtp_sl_ack mtp_sl_alignment mtp_sl_congestion mtp_sl_error_rate mtp_sl_fail mtp_sl_br mtp_start_rpo mtp_stop_rpo mtp_su_error mtp_unavailable n2_expiry page_req_from_msc sabm_tx sl_congestion sl_stop_congestion
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
disp_stats

6-7
BSC MMI Commands
chg_element
Description
Enables and modies statistical element names (measurement-type parameters) in the Conguration Management (CM) database. See Appendix B for a detailed list of statistical element name denitions.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
chg_element on page 2-31 disp_element on page 4-39 disp_stats on page 4-78 clear_stats on page 6-38
Format
There are two separate statistical applications of the chg_element command line. (There are corresponding applications of disp_element). The syntax of each chg_element application varies. Notice the different parameters used in each of them. A detailed explanation of the parameters is shown beginning on the next page. This section contains descriptions and instructions for each of the three categories of statistical application: Counter, Distribution, and Duration.
Index numbers
Index 0 enables or disables a statistic. Index 2 sets a threshold for an alarm-related statistic. To set indexes 0 or 2 enter the following parameters:
EXAMPLE: chg_element <statistical_element_name>,
<index> <new_value>
6-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
To verify that a statistic has been modied, use disp_element with the following parameters:
EXAMPLE: disp_element <statistical_element_name>,<index>
To set indexes 4 and 5 enter the following parameters:

<index>, <bin_number> <new_value>
Index 4 sets the minimum value of a bin range. Index 5 sets the maximum value for a bin range. Bin ranges are set only in Distribution (Normal and Weighted) statistics. Maximum and minimum values are always required; default values exist. To verify that a statistic has been modied, use disp_element with the following parameters:
EXAMPLE: disp_element
<statistical_element_name>,<index>, <bin_number> The < > indicates a required parameter. The required parameters are entered in a position-dependent order. Refer to Requirements at the beginning of this chapter for the statistical commands requiring input of cell_number or board ID parameters.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-9
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
statistical_element_name
String identifying a statistical parameter in the CM database. See parameter tables throughout the chapter and in Appendix B. Value that identies how a specic statistical parameter is being modied. This index tells the system that you are choosing to: enable, disable, set a threshold, set a bin minimum or maximum to set up an operation. 0 2 4 5 State of parameter (enabled or disabled) Threshold (alarm) Bin minimum (for a specic bin) Bin maximum (for a specic bin) New value for a specic statistical parameter. The value may enable or disable a statistic. Or, the value may modify a bin maximum, a bin minimum, or an alarm threshold. This value is the component of the chg_element command that causes the command to enable or disable, or provides a new value for a bin or a threshold. 0-9 This parameter is used for Distribution Statistics only.(0-9)Species the bin whose range is being set. Each bin (or set of bins) may be used to measure an event. There are 10 bins (numbered 0-9). Data is collected (in bins) to monitor events in order to obtain distribution statistics.
index
new_value
bin_number
6-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Statistical applications
There are three distinct categories of statistics: Counter, Distribution, and Duration. They are referred to as measurement-related types or object types which are used for performance measurement. When enabled, each measurement-related type parameter (statistical element name) provides unique statistical data. Statistical element names are used with each type of statistic. They are literal parameters; each is entered as a string. Some parameter tables are contained in this chapter. A complete list of statistical element names (parameters) is contained in Appendix B of this manual. Statistical element names shown in this command manual cross-reference those in Appendix A of Performance Management at the OMC. Measurement-related type statistical applications use the chg_element command along with the indexing factor(s) from Table 6-3. Chg_element is used as a generic command. The index values allow the user to perform more than one operation using the same generic (chg_element) command. For example, an operator may rst use chg_element to enable a statistic; then, using the command a second time, to modify the alarm-related threshold for alarm-generating statistics. See Command Instructions.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-11
BSC MMI Commands
Command instructions
Enabling a statistic
In the following set of procedures, you will learn how to Enable and Disable a statistic. Each of the three kinds of statistics [Counter, Distribution, and Duration (Total Time)] must be enabled in order to obtain statistical data. Counter Statistics (without alarm thresholds) and Total Time Statistics are shown in this section because they may only be enabled or disabled. All other statistics may be enabled, disabled and modied. They will be discussed later in this chapter.
Counter statistics
Counter Statistics involve the use of a counter which is a value representing the number of occurrences of an event. An event may be monitored using statistical element names (measurement-related type parameter). To identify the Counter statistics which can be enabled, see Appendix B for a complete list.
Duration (total time) statistics

Total Time statistics involve the use of a timer to collect a cumulative time value. The timer starts when an event occurs and stops when it ceases. This event is recorded for statistical analysis. The resulting statistics express the total amount of time a particular event occurred, as well as minimum, maximum, and mean durations (in milliseconds). For a complete list of statistics element names and denitions see Appendix B in this manual. Also, for more information, see Performance Management at the OMC, Chapter 2 and Appendix A .
6-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Enabling a statistic
In Appendix B, locate the statistical element name that you wish to enable or disable and use the format listed below.
<index> <new_value>
Enter 0 for <index> to indicate that a statistic is being either enabled or disabled. Enter 1 for <new_value> to enable; enter 0 for <new_value> to disable a statistic.
Examples
Examples 1 and 2 show you how to enable and disable a Duration (Total Time) statistic. After the statistic is enabled (or disabled), verify it by using the disp_element command. (Remember that disp_element does not require the use of a new_value; however, when using chg_element, a new_value is required.) If the statistic is enabled, the system response will show:
cipher_mode_fail = 1
If the statistic is disabled, the system response will show:

68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-13
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1:
To Enable the statistic:
chg_element cipher_mode_fail,0 1 disp_element cipher_mode_fail,0
Example 2:
To Disable the statistic:
chg_element cipher_mode_fail, 0,0 disp_element cipher_mode_fail,0
Examples 3 and 4 show you how to enable and disable a Counter statistic. After the statistic is enabled (or disabled), verify it by using the disp_element command. (Remember that disp_element does not require the use of a new_value; however, when using chg_element, a new_value is required.) If the statistic is enabled, the system response will show:
mtp_sl_fail = 1
If the statistic is disabled, the system response will show:

mtp_sl_fail = 0
Example 3:
To Enable the statistic:
chg_element mtp_sl_fail, 0 1 disp_element mtp_sl_fail, 0
mtp_sl_fail = 1
6-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 4:
To Disable the statistic:
chg_element mtp_sl_fail, 0 0 disp_element mtp_sl_fail, 0
mtp_sl_fail = 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-15
BSC MMI Commands
Setting a threshold
In the following set of instructions/procedures, you will learn how to set Thresholds for Counter (alarm-related) statistics. Counter Statistics involve the use of a counter which is a value representing the number of occurrences of an event. Some of the Counter Statistics require threshold values to be set. When a threshold is reached, an alarm is sent to the Operations and Maintenance Center (OMC). Table 6-3 lists counter statistics which require threshold values to be set.
Setting a counter threshold

Locate the parameter (statistical element name) in Table 6-3 that you wish to modify. Then, enter the command using the format listed below. To set a threshold, enter the command using the following format:
<index> <new_value>
Enter 2 for <index> to indicate that a threshold is being modied. Enter the value for <new_value> that you want to use to modify the current threshold to.
6-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1:
Example 1 shows you how to set the alarm threshold of a Counter statistic. N2_expiry is a per link statistical element name. Using disp_element, display the current value of the threshold. Remember that disp_element does not require the use of a new_value; however, when using chg_element, a new_value is required to determine whether it needs to be modied. If so, use chg_element to modify the threshold to the desired value of 10. After the threshold has been modied, verify it by using the disp_element command a second time. If the threshold has been correctly modied, the system response will show: n2_expiry = 10.
disp_element n2_expiry, 2
n2_expiry = 8
chg_element n2_expiry, 2 10
COMMAND ACCEPTED
disp_element n2_expiry,2 n2_expiry = 10
Table 6-3 provides a list of alarm-related counter statistic parameters. All of the counter statistics may be found in Appendix B.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-17
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-3
Counter statistics threshold parameter Index factor

2
Statistical element name

assgn_fail_sub_chan_cong
Valid values
min: 0 max: 2147483647
Basis
BSC
assgn_fail_sub_chan_in_use
min: 0 max: 2147483647
BSC
assgn_fail_sub_chan_unavail
min: 0 max: 2147483647
BSC
cipher_mode_fail
min: 0 max: 2147483647
BSC
congestion_lost_msu
min: 0 max: 2147483647
SS7 link
frmr ho_req_msc_fail inter_bss_ms_fail intra_bss_ho_fail intra_bss_ho_lostms intra_bss_ho_pri_blk intra_cell_ho_fail intra_cell_ho_lostms invalid_frames_rx msu_discarded mtp_neg_acks
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647
X.25 link BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC X.25 link SS7 link SS7 link
6-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

mtp_re_tx mtp_sl_ack mtp_sl_alignment mtp_sl_congestion mtp_sl_error_rate mtp_sl_fail mtp_sl_br mtp_start_rpo mtp_su_error n2_expiry routing_syntax routing_unknown sl_congestion
Valid values
min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647
Basis
SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link SS7 link X.25 link BSS BSS SS7 link
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-19
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-3

2 2 2 2 2

sub_chan_blk_1st_try sub_chan_blk_inter_bsc_ho sub_chan_blk_inter_cell_ho sub_chan_blk_intra_cell_ho sub_chan_blk_retry
Valid values
min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647 min: 0 max: 2147483647
Basis
BSC BSC BSC BSC BSC
6-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Setting bin ranges

In the following set of procedures, you will learn how to set bin ranges (minimums and maximums for distribution statistics). A bin is a range displaying the number of times an event occurs. A bin, therefore, represents a pool of data which is collected in a histogram. Default values (minimum/maximum) for each of the bins are listed in Table 6-4 and Table 6-5.
Normal distribution statistics

Normal Distribution statistics display how often a particular event or state-change occurs. This specic application process reports all events. The value of the event is used to determine which bin will be incremented. (The bin determination is based on the range of each bin.) Then, the value reported (for each bin) will be incremented by each occurrence of an event that falls into the range of a specic bin. The statistical value displayed, will be the cumulative total of the events occurring within that specic bin range. The bin size may be set relative to the event being measured. You must use 10 bins (0-9) for a statistic that is being measured. The size of each bin is variable. The relative sizes of those bins depends on how you want to focus your analysis. For example, when measuring a statistic, you may want to size the bins so that the majority of the bins will be placed in the period of the greatest activity. Data can therefore, be collected in more meaningful blocks of statistical information. (By reducing the sizes/ranges of the bins, you can more closely scrutinize a relatively large amount of activity.) The total number of bins never changes (10), but the relative sizes of the individual bins can be changed (adjusted) by the user in proportion to the activity being measured.
Weighted distribution statistics

Weighted Distribution statistics are similar to Normal Distribution statistics. This specic application process begins at a particular value and updates the data (that is being collected) when that value changes. Weighted distributions record the time (in milliseconds) that an
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-21
BSC MMI Commands
element is at a specic value. The statistical value displayed, will be the cumulative time of the events occurring within that specic bin range. Normal distributions count and record the number of times (how often) a statistical element name is at a specic value, but do not relate the value to time. For a complete list of parameter denitions see Appendix B. For more information, see Performance Management at the OMC.
6-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Normal distribution bin ranges

In Table 6-4 , locate the parameter (statistical element name) that you wish to modify. Enter the command using the format listed. (The command examples, beginning on the next page, illustrates the application of this procedure.) Distribution statistics require bin values (bin minimums and bin maximums). Each bin contains one minimum (use index 4) and one maximum (use index 5). You must enter the command twice for each bin number; once to set a bin minimum, and a second time to set a bin maximum.
chg_element
<statistical_element_name>,<index>, <bin_number> <new_value>
Enter 4 for <index> to indicate that a bin minimum is being modied. Enter 5 for <index> to indicate that a bin maximum is being modied. Enter the bin (0-9) for <bin_number> to indicate which bin will be modied. Enter the bin value for <new_value> to indicate the new minimum value or new maximum value that is being set. Default ranges apply to both minimum (4) and maximum (5) values for the same bin. See Default Ranges Per Bin column in Table 6-4. Chg_element command must be entered twice; once to set each bin minimum (index 4) and once to set each bin maximum (index 5). Bin Minimums and Maximums can be set to the same value for the same bin.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-23
BSC MMI Commands
Examples
Set bin ranges for Normal Distribution Statistics as follows: First display (using the disp_element command) the current values of the 10 bins (both miminum and maximum values). Remember that disp_element does not require the use of a new_value; however, when using chg_element, a new_value is required. Use the chg_element command to change the current bin values to the desired values. Use the disp_element command again to display the values and verify that the changes have been made.
disp_element bsc_access_delay,5,0
bsc_access_delay = 10000
6-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
To set the bin ranges for any of the ten bins of a distribution statistic, use chg_element to modify the bin values. Notice that the bin maximums and minimums are set consecutively. For each bin value (0-9) the minimum value (index 4) is set. Then, on the next line the maximum value (index 5) for that specic bin is set. You can set the bin minimums and maximums in any order, but we suggest that you set them as shown below.
chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,0 0 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,0 0 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,0 5000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,1 5001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,1 10000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,2 10001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,2 15000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,3 15001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,3 20000
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-25
BSC MMI Commands
chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,4 20001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,4 25000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,5 25001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,5 30000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,6 30001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,6 35000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,7 35001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,7 40000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,8 40001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,8 45000 chg_element bsc_access_delay,4,9 45001 chg_element bsc_access_delay,5,9 50000
Verify the new values using the disp_element command a second time. If the bin values have been correctly modied, the system response will show the new value for each tch_delay that has been changed. Contrast this output with the previous output of the disp_element command. Notice the different values that are displayed.
6-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
disp_element bsc_access_delay, 4,9

disp_element bsc_access_delay, 5,9

Cross-references to the measure-type parameters contained in Normal Distribution Statistics may be found in Appendix A of Performance Management at the OMC.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-27
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-4
Normal distribution statistics parameter Index factor

4

bsc_access_delay
Bin num
0 to 9
Valid values per bin

min: 0 max: 2147483647
Basis
BSC
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647 default: 4294967295
bsc_call_hold_time
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647
BSC
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647 default: 4294967295
inter_bsc_ho_delay
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647
BSC
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647 default: 4294967295
6-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Weighted distribution bin ranges

In Table 6-5, locate the parameter (statistical element name) that you wish to modify. Enter the command using the format listed. (The command example, beginning on the next page, illustrates the application of this procedure.) Distribution statistics require bin values (bin minimums and bin maximums). Each bin contains one minimum (use index 4) and one maximum (use index 5). You must enter the command twice for each bin number; once to set a bin minimum, and a second time to set a bin maximum.
EXAMPLE: chg_element
<statistical_element_name>,<index>, <bin_number> <new_value> Default ranges apply to both minimum (4) and maximum (5) values for the same bin. See Default Ranges Per Bin column in Table 6-5. Chg_element command must be entered twice; once to set each bin minimum (index 4) and once to set each bin maximum (index 5). Bin Minimums and Maximums can be set to the same value for the same bin.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-29
BSC MMI Commands
Table 6-5
Weighted distribution statistics parameter Index factor

4

cpu_usage
Bin num
0 to 9
Valid values per bin

min: 0 max: 2147483647
Basis
gproc
0 to 9
min: 0 max: 2147483647 Default: 4294967295
Examples
Set bin ranges for Weighted Distribution Statistics as follows: First display (using the disp_element command) the current values of the 10 bins (both miminum and maximum values). Remember that disp_element does not require the use of a new_value; however, when using chg_element, a new_value is required. Use the chg_element command to change the current bin values to the desired values. Use the disp_element command again to display the values and verify that the changes have been made.
disp_element cpu_usage,4,0
cpu_usage = 0
cpu_usage = 10
cpu_usage = 11
cpu_usage = 20
cpu_usage = 21
6-30
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
cpu_usage = 30
cpu_usage = 31
cpu_usage = 40
cpu_usage = 41
cpu_usage = 50
cpu_usage = 51
cpu_usage = 60
cpu_usage = 61
cpu_usage = 70
cpu_usage = 71
cpu_usage = 80
cpu_usage = 81
pu_usage = 90
cpu_usage = 91
cpu_usage = 100
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-31
BSC MMI Commands
To set the bin ranges for any of the ten bins of a distribution statistic, use chg_element to modify the bin values. Notice that the bin maximums and minimums are set consecutively. For each bin value (0-9) the minimum value (index 4) is set. Then, on the next line the maximum value (index 5) for that specic bin is set. You can set the bin minimums and maximums in any order, but we suggest that you set them as shown below.
chg_element cpu_usage,4,0 0 chg_element cpu_usage,5,0 1 chg_element cpu_usage,4,1 2 chg_element cpu_usage,5,1 6 chg_element cpu_usage,4,2 7 chg_element cpu_usage,5,2 11 chg_element cpu_usage,4,3 12 chg_element cpu_usage,5,3 17 chg_element cpu_usage,4,4 18 chg_element cpu_usage,5,4 22 chg_element cpu_usage,4,5 23 chg_element cpu_usage,5,5 27 chg_element cpu_usage,4,6 28 chg_element cpu_usage,5,6 32 chg_element cpu_usage,4,7 33 chg_element cpu_usage,5,7 37 chg_element cpu_usage,4,8 38 chg_element cpu_usage,5,8 42 chg_element cpu_usage,4,9 43 chg_element cpu_usage,5,9 47
6-32
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Verify the new values using the disp_element command a second time. If the bin values have been correctly modied, the system response should show the new value (in milliseconds) for each cpu_usage that has been changed. Contrast this output with the previous output of the disp_element command.
cpu_usage = 0
cpu_usage = 1
cpu_usage = 2
cpu_usage = 6
cpu_usage = 7
cpu_usage = 11
cpu_usage = 12
cpu_usage = 17
cpu_usage = 18
cpu_usage = 22
cpu_usage = 23
cpu_usage = 27
cpu_usage = 28
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-33
BSC MMI Commands
cpu_usage = 32
cpu_usage = 33
cpu_usage = 37
cpu_usage = 38
cpu_usage = 42
cpu_usage = 43
cpu_usage = 47
CROSS-REFERENCES to the measure-type parameters contained in Weighted Distribution Statistics may be found in Appendix A of Performance Management at the OMC.
6-34
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Setting an interval for stat_interval

Stat_interval is a non-statistical parameter that is used with statistical (measure-type) parameters to aid in generating statistical data. The command chg_element stat_interval is used to congure (set) the frequency (how often) statistical readings are to be performed. See Appendix B for statistical parameter denitions. You must complete the following steps to properly set the interval duration for the parameter, stat_interval: Determine the duration of the interval using the disp_element stat_interval command. Determine whether you want to change the duration of the interval. Use chg_element stat_interval command. Verify that the change has been completed using the disp_element stat_interval command.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-35
BSC MMI Commands
Procedure for Setting an Interval

The following provides a concise overview of the procedure. Review these examples for important notes and details regarding the proper use of the commands shown. Below, you will see how to use related commands to set an interval. The commands that are required to perform this procedure are disp_element stat_interval, and chg_element stat_interval. Remember that disp_element does not require an index. In addition, chg_element stat_interval does not require the use of an index. See the non-statistical applications of chg_element in a previous chapter. In the list of non-statistical parameters, you will see that the element name stat_interval does not require the use of an index. Also, if necessary see the complete command description of disp_element for instructions regarding use of the command in a previous chapter. Use disp_element stat_interval to see what the duration of the interval is set to at location 0.
disp_element stat_interval
stat_interval = 30
(This system response shows that stat_interval is currently set for 30 minutes. Disp_element stat_interval is used to check the interval duration before and after modifying it with chg_element. ) After displaying the duration of the statistical interval, use chg_element stat_interval to change the interval duration to a desired value between 5 and 60 minutes. (The duration of stat_interval may be changed to accommodate a users specic needs.)
chg_element stat_interval 6
(This command changes the duration of stat_interval to 6 minutes.) NOTE Note that in current implementation OMC accepts statistics in 30-minute intervals only, regardless of the interval setting in this command.
6-36
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
The following circumstances apply when modifying stat_interval with chg_element: The default value of stat_interval is 30 (minutes). The operator may change the interval to a period from 5 to 60 minutes. Each interval (0-3) will use the same duration (interval time period). You may not set any of the 4 intervals individually. After modifying the current stat_interval, use disp_element stat_interval to verify that the value has changed. The stat_interval value will equal 6.
disp_element stat_interval
stat_interval = 6
This system response shows that stat_interval has been changed to 6 minutes.) If you change stat_interval from the default value (30), do not forget to reset stat_interval back to 30 (minutes). NOTE If operator fails to reset the interval to 30 (min), then, OMC calculations of the Key Statistics and Health operator fails to reset the interval to 30 (min), then, OMC calculations of the Key Statistics and Health Indicators are interrupted for the entire period until the interval is reset to 30 (mins).
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-37
CHAPTER 6 - STATISTICS clear_stats
BSC MMI Commands
clear_stats
Description
This command provides you with the ability to reset statistics. When using the clear_stats command, the statistic may require an individual cell identier or a board identier (cell_number or board_id). From the beginning of the current interval, this command clears statistical activity up to the time of the execution of the actual command (clear_stats). After the execution of the clear_stats command, if there is any time remaining in that (current) interval, activity occurring will be shown. (If there is no statistical activity, the statistic will still appear to be completely clear for that interval. See examples.) Also, it is important to note that each new interval begins from an automatically cleared (or reset) state.
level 2 SYSGEN/RC
chg_element on page 2-31 (statistical and non-statistical) disp_element on page 4-39 disp_stats on page 4-78
Format
clear_stats <statistical_element_name> [<cell_number=<cell_number>]
[<board_id>]
6-38
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
NOTE The statistical_element_name parameters (and the basis for each of those statistical parameters) are dened in Appendix B. The cell_number parameter should only be entered to identify a per channel statistic. The board_id parameter should only be entered to identify a per link statistic. The value of a specic statistical_element_name can only be reset for the current statistical interval.
Parameters
STATISTICAL_ELEMENT_NAME Global name of statistics that represents the
statistics at the time of creation, deletion, and update (See Table 6-1 and Table 6-2 to determine need for cell_number or board_id. Also, see Appendix B for denitions). Use upper case lettering when entering this portion of the command.
cell_number
0-239
Local cell ID, indicating from which cell to clear statistics. Specify for per cell counter stats only. GPROC CPU ID (for example, 115h) identifying the board from which to clear statistics. Specify for a per link statistic only. The board_id is determined from cage and GPROC slot numbers.
board_id
Examples
Example 1 is a per cell counter statistic that requires a cell_number when clear_stats is used. See the list in Table 6-1 for statistics parameters requiring cell_number. See the list in Table 6-2 for statistics parameters requiring board_id. Also, when entering this command, use UPPER CASE lettering for the statistical_element_name described.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-39
BSC MMI Commands
However, to verify that clear_stats has worked, a cell_number is required to display the statistc. In the example below, the statistic is being cleared in interval number three (3). When interval three expires, use disp_stats to display the statistical value of the interval (3). (Dont forget to enter the interval number directly after disp_stats in the command. See specic disp_stats command details later in this chapter.) The following output will be displayed in the system response:
Example 1:
clear_stats TOTAL_CALLS disp_stats 3 TOTAL_CALLS
SITE: 0 MEAS_TYPE : TOTAL_CALLS Counter: 0
Where:
3
TOTAL_CALLS
= the interval number = requested statistics
Because the Counter reads 0, no additional activity occurred in interval three after the statistic was cleared (using the clear_stats command. If a statistic is a rapidly occurring event, activity will most likely appear during the time remaining (in the current interval) after using the clear_stats command.)
NOTE Remember that the statistic will not appear to have cleared/reset until the next statistical interval (stat_interval) begins. So, use disp_stat to verify that the statistic has cleared after the new interval begins.
Example 2 is a per bsc counter statistic and does not require a board_id when clear_stats is used. See the list in Table 6-1 for statistics parameters requiring cell_number. See the list in Table 6-2 for statistics parameters requiring board_id.
6-40
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
To verify that clear_stats has worked, do not enter a cell identier (cell_number) or a board identier (board_id) when displaying the statistic. In the example below, the statistic is being cleared in interval number one (1). When interval one expires, use disp_stats to display the statistical value of the interval (1). (Dont forget to enter the interval number directly after disp_stats in the command. See specic disp_stats command details.) The following output will be displayed in the system response:
Example 2:
clear_stats PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL disp_stats 1 PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL
SITE: 0 BSS #: 1
MEAS_TYPE : PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL Counter : 0
Because the Counter reads 0, no additional activity occurred in interval one after the statistic was cleared (using the clear_stats command. If a statistic is a rapidly occurring event, activity will most likely appear during the time remaining (in the current interval) after using the clear_stats command.)
Example 3 is a per link counter statistic that requires a board_id when the clear_stats command is used. See the list in Table 6-1 for statistics parameters requiring cell_number. See the list in Table 6-2 for statistics parameters requiring board_id. Also, when entering this command, use UPPER CASE lettering for the statistical_element_name described.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-41
BSC MMI Commands
Also, to verify that clear_stats has worked for per-link counter statistics, a board_id is required to display the statistic. In the example below, the statistic is being cleared in interval number one (1). When interval one expires, use disp_stats to display the statistical value of the interval (1). (Dont forget to enter the interval number directly after disp_stats in the command. See specic disp_stats command details.) The following output will be displayed in the system response:
Example 3:
clear_stats MTP_SL_FAIL board_id = 0115h disp_stats 1 MTP_SL_FAIL board_id = 0115h
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 277 SITE: 0 MTL Link # : 3 MEAS_TYPE : MTP_SL_FAIL Counter : 0
(Because the Counter reads 0, no additional activity occurred in interval one after the statistic was cleared (using the clear_stats command). If a statistic is a rapidly occurring event, activity will most likely appear during the time remaining (in the current interval) after using the clear_stats command.)
Example 4 is a per link total time (duration) statistic that requires a board_id when the clear_stats command is used. See the list in Table 6-1 for statistics parameters requiring cell_number. See the list in Table 6-2 for statistics parameters requiring board_id. Also, when entering this command, use UPPER CASE lettering for the statistical_element_name described.
6-42
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Also, to verify that clear_stats has worked for per-link counter statistics, a board_id is required to display the statistic. In the example below, the statistic is being cleared in interval number one (1). When interval one expires, use disp_stats to display the statistical value of the interval (1). (Dont forget to enter the interval number directly after disp_stats in the command. See specic disp_stats command details.) The following output will be displayed in the system response:
Example 4:
clear_stats MTP_UNAVAILABLE board_id = 0115h disp_stats 1 MTP_UNAVAILABLE board_id = 0115h
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 277 SITE: 0 MTL Link # : 3 MEAS_TYPE : MTP_UNAVAILABLE Duration Value (ms): 0 Duration Mean (ms) : 0 Duration Max. (ms) : 0 Duration Min. (ms) : 0
(Because the Duration Value reads 0, no additional activity occurred in interval one after the statistic was cleared (using the clear_stats command). If a statistic is a rapidly occurring event, activity will most likely appear during the time remaining (in the current interval) after using the clear_stats command.)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-43
CHAPTER 6 - STATISTICS sar
BSC MMI Commands
sar
Description
Depending on which keyword is entered, SAR will execute the following tasks: (a) display CPU utilization of all GPROCS in the BSC, or (b) display/modify the SAR threshold and margin values in the CM database.
level 1,2 SYSGEN/RC none
Format
sar <threshold <threshold_val> margin <margin_val>> | <margin <margin_val> threshold <threshold_val>> | <threshold <threshold_val>> | <margin <margin_val>> | <values> | <defaults> | <summary>
6-44
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Parameters
Table 6-6
SAR Keyword/Parameter Summary Classica tion

RC/ SYSGEN RC/ SYSGEN RC/ SYSGEN RC/ SYSGEN RC
Keyword
threshold margin defaults values summary
Parameter
threshold_val * margin_val*
Min. Value
10% 5%
Max. Value
95% 40%
Default Value
80% 20%
Security Level
2 2 2 1 1
* threshold_val must be greater than or equal to margin_val + 5
Table 6-7
SAR Command Summary Command Description

Changes both the threshold and margin values in the CM database. Changes only the threshold value in the CM database. Changes only the margin value in the CM database. Returns the threshold and margin to their default values. Displays the congured threshold and margin values from the CM database. Displays a summary of CPU utilization values on all the GPROCS in the BSC, including the GPROC function and the number of links it has.
sar threshold <threshold_val> margin <margin_val> or sar margin <margin_val> threshold <threshold_val> sar threshold <threshold_val> sar margin <margin_val> sar defaults sar values
sar summary
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-45
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1
This example changes the threshold to 70% and margin to 30%.
sar threshold 70 margin 30 or sar margin 30 threshold 70
Example 2
This example changes only the threshold to 70%; the margin remains unchanged.
sar threshold 70
Example 3
This example changes only the margin to 30%; the threshold remains unchanged.
sar margin 30
Example 4
This example displays the congured threshold/margin values.
sar values
SAR Threshold = 80% SAR Margin = 20%
Example 5
This example returns the threshold/margin to their default values.
sar defaults
6-46
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 6
This example displays the CPU utilization on all the GPROCS in the BSC.
sar summary
GPROC# CPU ID FUNCTION GPROC Type #MTLs #XBLs #SITEs CPU% ALARM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 9 10 1 11 3 12 4 13 5 6 8 7 14 15 2 0115 0217 021a 011a 0219 0118 0218 0117 0216 0116 0114 0215 0113 0214 0213 0119 BSP LCF 0 LCF 2 LCF 3 LCF 4 LCF 5 LCF 6 LCF 7 LCF 8 LCF 9 LCF 10 OMF ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED DISABLED EGPROC GPROC GPROC GPROC EGPROC EGPROC EGPROC GPROC EGPROC EGPROC GPROC GPROC GPROC GPROC GPROC EGPROC 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 12 12 12 12 12 12 8 0 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1% 5% 5% 4% 1% 1% 1% 4% 1% 1% 4% 1% 4% 4% 4% N/A Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
6-47
CHAPTER 6 - STATISTICS stats
BSC MMI Commands
stats
Description
Enables or disables statistical reporting.
Format
stats <mode>
Parameters
mode
on off Enables statistical reporting. Disables statistical reporting.
Example
This example enables statistical reporting.
stats on
COMMAND ACCEPTED: all statistics turned ON
6-48
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
7 7 Call trace
Introduction
The BSC provides call processing functions. The call trace commands described in this chapter may be used for debugging and tracing purposes. This allows the user to debug a specic problem or simply monitor system operations.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-1
CHAPTER 7 - CALL TRACE
BSC MMI Commands
About call trace

Enabling call trace
Before using the call trace feature it must be enabled. Use the chg_element command to enable the cp_option_call_trace element name. Refer to Chapter 2 Conguration management for additional information. Check the chg_element command output using the disp_element command with the cp_option_call_trace element name. Refer to Chapter 3 Display for additional information.
Call trace commands

Two commands are associated with the call trace feature. A brief description for each is provided below. A more detailed description is provided on the pages to follow, including functions and associated parameters. nd_sccp used to identify a specic SCCP number used for a particular call key, so that a single call can be traced. trace_call used to trace calls by either a specic SCCP number or the whole BSC (based on call rate and trace level).
7-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 7 - CALL TRACE find_sccp
nd_sccp
Description
Extracts the SCCP number for a specic call. An SCCP number changes whenever an inter-BSC handover occurs. This number is needed when using the command to trace single calls. Because the SCCP number is random, unique keys are used to dene the search criteria and extract the number. The search criteria is entered as parameters to the find_sccp command and are dened below.
level 1 RC none
Format
find_sccp <key>=<key value>
Parameters
Key
called_party cic imsi rci subrate tmsi Number of destination party Circuit Identity Code International Mobile Subscriber Identity Radio Channel Identity or Subrate Channel Identity entered in the RCI format. Subrate Channel Information Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity Called_party ID represented in BCD. IMSI ID represented in BCD. CIC ID represented in hexadecimal.
Key value
1 - 20 digits 1 - 15 digits 1h - ffffh
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-3
BSC MMI Commands
0h - 7fffffffh
RCI ID represented in hexadecimal or SCI entered in the RCI format. The disp_rci command can be used to view the RCI format. Subrate Info The Subrate information should be entered separated by spaces (e.g., <ebts_id> <span> <ts> <grp>). Ranges are: ebts_id = 1-80, span = 0-1, ts = 0-23 for T1 and 0-32 for E1, grp = 0-3. The disp_subrate command can be used to view the Subrate format. TMSI ID represented in hexadecimal.
8 digits
Example 1:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied Radio Channel Identity (RCI).
find_sccp rci=01000301h
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
Parameter: Value:
rci 01000301h
<key> <key value>
Example 2:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied number of the destination party (called party).
find_sccp called_party=17085763000
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
Parameter: Value:
called_party 17085763000
<key> <key value>
7-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied Circuit Identity Code.
find_sccp cic=100
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
Parameter: Value:
cic 100
<key> <key value>
Example 4:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity.
find_sccp tmsi=12345678h
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
Parameter: Value:
tmsi 12345678h
<key> <key value>
Example 5:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied International Mobile Subscriber Identity.
find_sccp imsi=3160123456
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-5
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter: Value:
imsi 3160123456
<key> <key value>
Example 6:
This example shows the SCCP number is not found (call is not active for a specied circuit identity code) and will display the number of calls that handled 6:1, 3:1, and DCCH types of calls.
find_sccp cic=ffff
SCCP Number not found 6:1 calls 12 3:1 calls 6 DCCH calls 0
Parameter: Value:
cic ffff
<key> <key value>
Example 7:
This example returns the SCCP of 2b2345h for the specied Subrate.
find_sccp subrate = 50 0 0 0
SCCP_NUM = 2b2345h
7-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Parameter: Value:
subrate 50 0 0 0
<key> <ebts_id> <span_id> <timeslot> <grp>
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-7
CHAPTER 7 - CALL TRACE trace_call
BSC MMI Commands
trace_call
Description
This command is used for debugging and tracing specic calls. A call trace can be performed on a single call, using its specic SCCP number, or on the entire BSC, based upon the call rate and trace level specied.
level 1 RC nd_sccp on page 7-3 chg_element on page 2-31
Format
trace_call <mode> <value> <trace_level>[lter[cell 1][cell 2][cell 3]]
Parameters
Mode
The mode parameter denes the mode of the trace being performed.
mode
nth_call this_call next_call trace_history stop Used for tracing a call by call rate. Used for tracing a specic call by SCCP number. Traces the next call that matches the input key. Displays the current active trace command. Stops current call trace.
7-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Value
The value parameter supports the mode parameter. The data entered in the value parameter depends on which mode was entered. The value parameter may contain one of three variables: <call_rate>, <sccp_num>, or <key>=<key_value>.
call_rate sccp_num <key>=<key_value> key
called_party cic rci subrate imsi tmsi 0-255 1-07fffffh Used only for nth_call mode Used only for this_call mode Used only for next_call mode Number of destination party Circuit Identity Code Radio Channel Identity or Subrate Channel Identity entered in RCI format. Subrate Information International Mobile Subscriber Identity Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
key_value
1-20 digits 1h-ffffh 0h - 7fffffffh
Called_party ID represented in BCD CIC ID represented in hexadecimal or decimal RCI ID represented in hexadecimal or SCI entered in the RCI format. The disp_rci command can be used to view the RCI format. Subrate Info The Subrate information should be entered separated by spaces (e.g., <ebts_id> <span> <ts> <grp>). Ranges are: ebts_id = 1-80, span = 0-1, ts = 0-23 for T1 and 0-32 for E1, grp = 0-3. The disp_subrate command can be used to view the Subrate format. IMSI ID represented in BCD TMSI ID represented in hexadecimal
1-15 digits 8 digits
NOTE Use the nd_sccp command to determine the SCCP Num number for a specic call.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-9
BSC MMI Commands
Examples:
trace_call nth_call 1<trace_level> trace_call this_call 2b3456h <trace_level> trace_call next_call called_party=<called_party#> <trace_level> trace_call stop (requires no additional parameters) trace_call trace_history (requires no additional parameters)
Trace level
The call trace feature permits the user to specify what events, or combination of events, to monitor. Higher levels may be used to monitor general actions. Lower levels may be used to monitor specic discrete actions, such as handover failures or terminated calls. NOTE The call trace command continues to execute until it is disabled. The trace_call stop command can be used to disable call trace.
The levels associated with the call trace feature are identied in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1
Trace levels Event Trace level

1 2 4
Description
Generate a report for a successful handover event. Generate a report for a failed handover event. Generate a report for a terminated call event.
Handover success Handover failure Call terminated
7-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table 7-1
Trace levels Event Trace level

8 16 32 64 128
Description
Generate a report for a successful SM event. Used at a non-remote transcoder site to generate a report for a TCH audit event. Generate a report for a timer event. Generate a report for the handover debug event. Generate a report for a failed SM event.
Switch Manager (SM) success event TCH audit Timer Handover debug SM failure event
Multiple trace levels may be used by simply adding the trace level values. If all trace levels are to be used, enter a trace level of 255. For example, if the handover events are of particular interest, select a trace level of 67 to generate a handover success report, failure report, and debug report.
trace_call nth_call 1 67
Filter
This is an optional parameter used to trace the progress of a specied call(s) in a specied cell(s). Filtering can be done on up to three cells in one trace_call command.
Example
trace_call nth_call 1 <trace_level> filter 1 2 3
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-11
BSC MMI Commands
Dened timers
Motorola dened timers
MSG type
06 07 08 09 0A 3D 0B 0C 0D 14 15 17 30 31 1A
Module
SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM SSM
Timer
MTG MTH MTI MTJ MTK MTK_INTRA MTL MTM MTN MTU MTV MTX MTB1 MTC1 SSM_AUDIT
Timer description
Wait for clear command from MSC. Wait for radio channel released from RRSM. Wait for cipher mode complete form RRSM. Wait for handover complete from target cell RRSM. Wait for handover allocation from destination cell RRSM. Wait for internal handover initiated from destination cell RRSM. Wait for SCCP connection released from MSC. Wait for response from switch manager. Wait for assignment complete from RRSM. Second timer to wait for response from switch manager. Audit timer for state on dedicated channel. Wait for response from switch manager. Wait for handover request. Wait for handover allocation. Wait for audit SSM call response from RRSM.
7-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
GSM dened timers

MSG type
1F 2D 36
Module
SSM SSM SSM
Timer
T3103 T7 Tqho
Timer description
Wait for handover complete on destination cell. Time between handover required messages. Wait for resource available pertaining to a handoff request.
CCITT dened timers

MSG type
2E 2F 05 32
Module
SSM SSM SSM SSM
Timer
TIAR TIAS TCONN_EST TREL
Timer description
Inactivity receive timer. Inactivity send timer. Wait for SCCP connection conrm from MSC. Wait for SCCP release complete.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-13
BSC MMI Commands
Example 1:
This example shows a report for a normal call scenario. Use the lter option parameter to display only a particular cell number. The results are presented as a report displayed at the BSP MMI console, which are also available through remote login.
trace_call next_call called_party=14167174755 255 filter 1
CALL TRACE COMMAND ACCEPTED, Data Forthcoming for trace number 104 * * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic new cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel Id ebts/span/ts/grp new radio channel id new ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell Id time stamp event type MMI trace next call 19 2f 60 Filter 2b 42 fe Cell Number 00 00 17 74 9 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 37 01 50 00 00 00 25 May Wed 15 11:51:40:925 1996 SM Event Success
***END OF TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104***
Successful Call Establishment
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104 * * * * trace source MMI call type trace next call sccp number 19 2f 60 dlr 2b 42 fe cic 17 74 XCDR Id 9 VP number 0 radio channel Id 01 37 01 ebts/span/ts/grp 50 00 00 00 current local cell Id 25 time stamp May Wed 15 11:51:52:930 1996 event TCH Audit status Bypass Mobile-to-Mobile ***END OF TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104***
Call Indication
7-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel id ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell id time stamp event source reason MMI trace next call 19 2f 60 2b 42 fe 17 74 9 0 01 37 01 50 00 00 00 25 May Wed 15 11:51:57:425 1996 Call Terminated MSC Normal
Normal Call Termination by MSC
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 104 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic new cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel id ebts/span/ts/grp new radio channel id new ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell id time stamp event type MMI trace next call 19 2f 60 2b 42 fe 17 74 00 00 9 0 01 37 01 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 25 May Wed 15 11:51:57:755 1996 SM Event Success
Successful Call Disconnect
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-15
BSC MMI Commands
Example 2:
This example shows a report for a normal call scenario with intra-cell handover. The results are presented as a report displayed at the BSP MMI console, which are also available through remote login.
trace_call next_call called_party=18475769383 255
CALL TRACE COMMAND ACCEPTED, Data Forthcoming for trace number 102 * * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic new cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel Id ebts/span/ts/grp new radio channel id new ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell Id time stamp event type MMI trace next call 15 79 80 c8 a5 fe 00 00 00 07 4 18 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 04 10 06 50 00 00 00 21 Jun Mon 3 20:18:00:335 1996 SM Event Success
Successful Call Established
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel id ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell id time stamp event status MMI trace next call 15 79 80 c8 a5 fe 00 07 4 18 04 10 06 50 00 00 00 21 Jun Mon 3 20:18:31:335 1996 TCH Audit PCM
Land-to-Mobile (or Mobile-to-Land) Call Indication
7-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source MMI call type trace next call sccp number 15 79 80 dlr c8 a5 fe cic 00 07 XCDR Id 4 VP number 18 radio channel id 04 10 06 ebts/span/ts/grp 50 00 00 00 current local cell id 21 time stamp Jun Mon 3 20:18:31:335 1996 event Handover type Intra new radio channel id 04 10 03 new ebts/span/ts/grp 50 00 03 00 source cell id 1 target cell id 1 ***END OF TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102***
Intra-Cell Handover Indication
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel Id ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell Id time stamp event source reason MMI trace next call 15 79 80 c8 a5 fe 00 07 4 18 04 10 03 50 00 03 00 21 Jun Mon 3 20:18:32:540 1996 Call Terminated MSC Normal
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-17
BSC MMI Commands
* * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic new cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel id ebts/span/ts/grp new radio channel id new ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell id time stamp event type MMI trace next call 15 79 80 c8 a5 fe 00 07 00 00 4 18 04 10 03 50 00 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 Jun Mon 3 20:18:32:540 1996 SM Event Success
Successful Call Disconnect
7-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Example 3:
This example shows a report for an unsuccessful call scenario. The results are presented as a report displayed at the BSP MMI console, which are also available through remote login.
trace_call next_call called_party=14167174755 255
CALL TRACE COMMAND ACCEPTED, Data Forthcoming for trace number 102 * * * * TRACE REPORT FOR NUMBER 102 * * * * trace source call type sccp number dlr cic XCDR Id VP number radio channel Id ebts/span/ts/grp current local cell Id time stamp event source reason MMI trace next call 0b 18 80 eb 41 fe 00 00 0 0 03 c5 06 50 00 00 00 11 May Wed 15 10:57:17:175 1996 Call Terminated MSC Normal
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
7-19
BSC MMI Commands
7-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
8 8 Miscellaneous
Introduction
This chapter contains commands that provide the user with utility functions while using the MMI commands. These commands do not affect system conguration.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-1
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS alias
BSC MMI Commands
alias
Description
Creates an alias for an MMI command or lists currently dened aliases.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
unalias on page 8-11
Format
alias [<alias_name> '<alias_text>']
Parameters
NOTE A list of active aliases is displayed when no parameters are entered.
alias_name alias_text
The name of the alias to be dened. Any valid MMI command. This may include only the command name or the command name with parameters. The alias text must be enclosed in single quotes.
8-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS alias
Example 1:
This example creates an alias called list that executes the disp_bsc_stat command:
alias list disp_bsc_stat
List all active aliases:
Example 2:
This example lists all currently dened aliases:
alias
Current Aliases: list disp_bsc_stat
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-3
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS comment
BSC MMI Commands
comment
Description
Used to create comment elds. This is not an executable command.
level 1
SYSGEN/RC/OLCC none
Format
comment [<text>]
Parameters
text
Specify any alphanumeric character.
Example
Cust BSS MMI-0115 -> comment # this is a comment # Cust BSS MMI-0115 ->comment * begin to test on bsc56 * Cust BSS MMI-0115 -> comment the end of the test
8-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS end_delta
end_delta
Description
This command determines the end of a section in the conguration script.
level 2
SYSGEN/OLCC start_delta on page 8-9
Format
end_delta
Parameters
none
Example
This example ends the delta section in the conguration script.
end_delta
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-5
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS help
BSC MMI Commands
help
Description
Displays help information about the specied command or displays all the commands that include the specied wildcard.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC (refer to index)
Format
help [command] | [wildcard]
Parameters
NOTE All available commands are displayed when no parameter is specied. If the wildcard is vp, it will display all the commands that include vp or xcdr, (and vice versa).
command
The exact name of the MMI command in question. The command name must be entered exactly as indicated in the format string. String included in a MMI command; only one wildcard is allowed.
wildcard
8-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS help
Example 1
This example displays help information about the chg_level command:
help chg_level
Command : chg_level Function : Changes the users current security level. This command is completely interactive. Classification : Sysgen/RC Interaction : Enter password for security level you wish to access: User enters password. Echo is turned off. System Response: Current security level is x where x is either 1, 2, or 3
Example 2
This example displays help information about vp wildcard:
help vp
Following commands are related with wildcard vp auto_vp_flag disp_aut_vp_flag disp_vpr disp_xcdr_bypass disp_xcdr_types disp_xcdr_use set_xcdr_bypass test_vp vp_sched_aud_off
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-7
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS history
BSC MMI Commands
history
Description
Displays a numbered list of previously entered commands. Any previously entered command can be executed again by using the exclamation mark (!). Enter man ! for additional information.
Format
history [<num_cmds>]
Parameters
num_cmds
Species the number of recent commands to display. The default is 23 (if no parameter is entered, the last 23 commands are displayed).
Example
This example displays the last ve commands executed:
history 5
11 12 13 14 15 disp_level chg_level disp_dte chg_dte_omcr 7 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 history 5
8-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS start_delta
start_delta
Description
This command determines the beginning of a section and its type in the conguration script.
level 2
SYSGEN/OLCC end_delta on page 8-5
Format
start_delta <delta_section_type>
Parameters
delta_section_type delta_only
delta_init Determines the beginning of delta_only section. Determines the beginning of delta_init section.
NOTE The conguration script consists of MMI commands which can be located either inside or outside of delta sections. If a command is located outside of any delta sections, then it belongs to a SYSGEN section. The start_delta command can be executed from SYSGEN sections only.
Example
This example begins the delta_only section in the conguration script.
start_delta delta_only
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-9
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS time_stamp
BSC MMI Commands
time_stamp
Description
This command enables or disables the time-stamping function, which adds a time and a date to the MMI command prompt. The time and date are displayed directly before the customer prompt.
level 1 RC
chg_time on page 2-54 disp_time on page 4-87
Format
time_stamp <action>
Parameters
action
on off Turn on time-stamping. Turn off time-stamping.
Example
This example turns on the time-stamp feature at the system prompt.
time_stamp on
[06/01/92 01:03:30] Cust BSS MMI-0115->
NOTE Once the time synchronization is enabled, the BSC will synchronize its internal clock using SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol). Refer to disp_time on page 4-87.
8-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS unalias
unalias
Description
Removes the alias for an MMI command that was created with the alias command.
level 1 SYSGEN/RC
alias on page 8-2
Format
unalias <alias_name>
Parameters
alias_name
The alias name to be removed.
Example
This example removes the alias named list:
unalias list
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
8-11
CHAPTER 8 - MISCELLANEOUS unalias
BSC MMI Commands
8-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
A A Non-statistical
parameters
Introduction
This appendix provides a tabular listing of functional denitions for all non-statistical parameters used to congure the BSC system. EXAMPLE: bsc_type is the database subsystem name for Base Site Controller (BSC) type.
Element denitions
Element denitions appear on page -2.
Element usage
Element usage appears on page -23.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-1
APPENDIX A - NON-STATISTICAL PARAMETERS
BSC MMI Commands
Element denitions
Table A-1 contains the following information:
Element
This column is the element name. It must be typed exactly as it appears. This column provides a brief description of the element along with other important information. This column shows supported software ranges and the denitions for these commands.
Description
Valid values
Special usage notes

Chg_element command
If an invalid value is entered when using the chg_element command, the original value for the parameter remains unchanged.
NOTE Defaults for the chg_element application are not automatically set in the system. See Chapter 2 chg_element section for default values.
A-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1
Element descriptions Valid values Description Range Rcmnd

60 This element species the abatement threshold CPU utilization for the rst congestion level. This abatement value should be strictly less than the value of onset_value,1. This element species the abatement threshold CPU utilization for the second congestion level. This abatement value should be strictly less than the value of onset_value,2. This element species the abatement threshold CPU utilization for the third congestion level. This abatement value should be strictly less than the value of onset_value,3. Indicates the Bit Error Rate (BER) daily alarm level when the value is reached. Indicates the Bit Error Rate (BER) hourly alarm level when the value is reached. Indicates the number of paging subchannels. Sets the Base Station Controller (BSC) conguration type. Identies a BSC. This parameter is used by the Operations and Maintenance Center (OMC) to identify a BSC during statistics collection. 0 to 100
Element
abatement_value,1
abatement_value,2
0 to 100
60
abatement_value,3
0 to 100
60
ber_loss_daily
0 to 65535
ber_loss_hourly
1 to 65535
bs_ag_blks_res bsc_type
0 to 15 2 2=BSP, LCF, OMF 0 to 255
3 2
bss_id
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-3
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1
Element descriptions (continued) Valid values Description Range Rcmnd

Indicates whether point code was included in called party (call receiver) address in the SCCP messages. For more information, see CCITT Q.713.
Align with MSC.
Element
called_pci
0 or 1 0=enables point code included 1=disables point code 0 or 1 0=enables point code included 1= disables point code included 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec
calling_pci
Indicates whether point code is included in calling party (call originator) address in the SCCP messages.
Align with MSC.
clm_timer_value,0
Wait for Reset Acknowledge from BSS sub-systems (Both Global and Circuit resets) Periodicity with which Overload messages are sent out (when BSS overloaded) Wait for Unblocking Acknowledge Timer
30,000 (30 sec) 30,000 (30 sec) 120,000 (120 sec) 30,000 (30 sec) 40,000 (40 sec) 50,000 (50 sec)
clm_timer_value,1
clm_timer_value,2
clm_timer_value,3
Time to receipt of Blocking Acknowledge
clm_timer_value,4
Time to return Reset Acknowledgement to MSC
clm_timer_value,5
Time the BSS waits for Reset Ack from MSC before repeating the Reset message
A-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

2,000 (2 sec) 70,000 (70 sec) 80,000 (80 sec) 10,000 (10 sec) 10,000 (10 sec) 20,000 (20 sec) 0 Overload Timer 0 to 1,000,000 msec
Element
clm_timer_value,6
clm_timer_value,7
Overload Timer
0 to 1,000,000 msec
clm_timer_value,8
Time to receipt of Reset Circuit Acknowledge
0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 to 1,000,000 msec 0 or 1 0=Call Trace disabled 1=Call Trace enabled
clm_timer_value,9
Wait for Circuit Reset Acknowledge
clm_timer_value,10
Periodicity with which Overload relieved messages must be sent when BSS is overloaded Wait for SPI or SSP before initiating internal Reset
clm_timer_value,11
cp_option_call_trace
Sets the ag to enable or disable call trace.
cp_option_ interconnect
Sets the ag to disable or enable interconnect call processing.

NOTE: If the ag is off (0), no interconnect calls will be processed by the BSC.
0 or 1 0= Interconnect call processing disabled 1= Interconnect call processing enabled
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-5
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

0 Sets the ag to enable or disable reset circuit feature. 0 or 1 0=Reset circuit disabled 1=Reset circuit enabled
Element
cp_option_reset_ckt
cr_lockout_tmr
Timer for locking out neighbor cells from future CR handover requests (millisecs). Sets the Destination Point Code (dpc). The values for the dpc are stored as a 14-bit binary code. (The eld is the same for the Originating Point Code opc.)
NOTE: When entering a value in hexadecimal, letters may be entered in upper or lower case. All numbers (hexadecimal and binary) must begin with a numeric character. So hexadecimals beginning with A-F must be preceded by a 0. Or, if a number is binary, it must be followed by a b or a B.
0 to 30,000
10,000
dpc
0 to 16383 0 to 3FFFh (0 . . . 0 (16 bits) to 1...1 (16 bits)) (See Note)
ebts_dte_addr
Identies the DTE address associated with the specied EBTS. Denes the site type (which specic entity of the Base System Station (BSS)).
length (14 bytes) 1, 3, 4, 5 1=BSC 3=RXCDR 4=E-BSC 5=E-RXCDR 0 or 1
fm_site_type
gclk_qwarm_ag
Enable/disable a GCLK fast warm-up
A-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

16 Denes the number of timeslots to be allocated to all GPROCs for the TDM highway. It is possible to congure different functions on each of the 16 channels. The system supports 16 or 32 timeslots for the assignment to the TDM highway.
NOTE: This value must be set before any GPROCs are equipped, and this value should not be changed after GPROCs are equipped.
Element
gproc_slots
16 or 32 16=TDM timeslots 32=TDM timeslots
esmr_cell_id
Identies a cell in the ESMR system; id is constructed by adding a Cell Identity (CI) onto the Location Area Identication. Denes the format of the ESMR cell ID sent by the Call Processor (CP) to the switch.
length (7 bytes)
esmr_cell_id_format
0 to 2 0=whole Cell Global Identication (CGI) 1=Location Area Code (LAC) and Cell Identity (CI) 2=Cell Identity (CI)
handover_required_ reject_switch
Disables or enables the delivery of a handover reject message from the MSC to the source BSS in the event that a target cannot be found for a requested handover.
0 or 1 0=reject message not required 1=reject message required
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-7
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

80 Denes a congurable threshold that represents a point when a resource (3:1 vp) loading condition is set. The database congurable parameter is in the form of a percent.
NOTE: The high_watermark_3to1 is always greater than low_watermark_3to1.
Element
high_watermark_3to1
0% to 100%
high_watermark_6to1
Denes a congurable threshold that represents a point when a resource (6:1 vp) loading condition is set. The database congurable parameter is in the form of a percent.
NOTE: The high_watermark_6to1 is always greater than low_watermark_6to1.
0% to 100%
16
illegal_circuit_id
Denes the terrestrial circuit ID which will never be used as a legal terrestrial circuit ID. Species the source for the KSW expansion highway.
0 to 65535
inbound_mux
0 or 1 0=Inbound highway 0 selected 1=Time Slot Interchange (TSI) highway selected
A-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

1 Disables or enables inter-cell handovers. (Multi-cell BSSs are normally expected to support internal inter-cell handover, but it is optional.) 0 or 1 0=intercell hand-over disabled 1=intercell hand-overen abled
Element
inter_cell_handover_ allowed
intra_cell_handover_ allowed
Disables or enables intra-cell handovers for two conditions: to begin the handover, or to begin handover when co-channel interference is suspected. (BSS support is optional. If the BSS does not support internal intra-cell handover, it will be initiated by sending a HANDOVER REQUIRED message.) See GSM rec 5.08, Appendix A, section 4.1.
0 or 1 0= intra-cell handover not allowed 1= intracell handover allowed
ksw_cong
Denes the mapping of the TDM highway numbers for a specied KSW. Sets local BSC site id. Denes a congurable threshold that represents a point when a resource (3:1 vp) loading condition is cleared. The database congurable parameter is in the form of a percent.
NOTE: The low_watermark_3to1 is always less than high_watermark_3to1.
0 to 3
local_site_id low_watermark_3to1
1-255 0% to 100%
75
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-9
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

75 Denes a congurable threshold that represents a point when a resource (6:1 vp) loading condition is cleared. The database congurable parameter is in the form of a percent.
NOTE: The low_watermark_6to1 is always less than high_watermark_6to1.
Element
low_watermark_6to1
0% to 100%
lta_alarm_range
This element is a range, plus or minus, in which a gclk frequency can vary from its LTA before alarm occurs. Species the recover period (in minutes) during which the BSC will attempt to recover a disabled MCAP server before resetting the cage. Indicates if Multiple File Statistics Upload is enabled or disabled. Sets the alignment ready timer. Also known as T1_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the not aligned timer. Also known as T2_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the aligned timer. Also known as T3_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the emergency proving period timer; corresponds to Pe=212. Also known as T4_timer_id in the CCITT blue book.
0 to 255
mcap_recover_ period
0 to 1439 minutes
mfsu_ag
0 (Disabled) or 1 (Enabled) 40000 to 50000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 5000 to 150000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 1000 to 1500 msec (1 step= 5msec) 400 to 600 msec (1 step= 5msec)
mtpl2_timer_value,0
45000
mtpl2_timer_value,1
77000
mtpl2_timer_value,2
1250
mtpl2_timer_value,3
500 (.5 sec)
A-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

100 Sets the sending SIB timer. Also known as T5_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the remote congestion timer. Also known as T6_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the excessive delay of acknowledgement timer. Also known as T7_timer_id in the CCITT blue book. Sets the delay to avoid mis-sequencing on changeover. Also known as T1_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the time to wait for changeover acknowledgement timer. Also known as T2_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the time controlled diversion-delay to avoid mis-sequencing on changeback timer. Also known as T3_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the time to wait for uninhibit acknowledgement timer. Also known as T12_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the time to wait for force uninhibit timer. Also known as T13_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the time to wait for inhibition acknowledgement timer. Also known as T14_timer in the CCITT blue book. 80 to 120 msec (1 step= 5msec) 3000 to 6000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 500 to 2000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 500 to 1200 msec (1 step= 5msec) 700 to 2000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 500 to 1200 msec (1 step= 5msec) 800 to 1500 msec (1 step= 5msec) 800 to 1500 msec (1 step= 5msec) 2000 to 3000 msec (1 step= 5msec)
Element
mtpl2_timer_value,4
mtpl2_timer_value,5
4500 (45 sec)
mtpl2_timer_value,6
1250 (1.25 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,0
850 (.85 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,1
1350 (1.35 sec
mtpl3_timer_value,2
850 (.85 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,3
1150 (1.15 sec
mtpl3_timer_value,4
1150 (1.15 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,5
2500 (2.5 sec)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-11
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

1150 (1.15 sec) Sets the time to wait to avoid oscillation of initial alignment failure and link restart timer. Also known as T17_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the timer at restarting signalling point, waiting to restart trafc routed through adjacent SP. Also known as T21_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the local inhibit test timer. Also known as T22_timer in the CCITT blue book. 800 to 1500 msec (1 step= 5msec) 0 to 30000 (provisional) msec (1 step= 5msec) 180000 to 360000 (provisional) msec (1 step= 5msec) 180000 to 360000 (provisional) msec (1 step= 5msec) 0 to 500 (provisional) msec (1 step= 5msec) 4000 to 12000 msec (1 step= 5msec) 30000 to 1200 msec (1 step= 5msec) 500 to 1200 msec (1 step= 5msec)
Element
mtpl3_timer_value,6
mtpl3_timer_value,7
30000 (30 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,8
270000 (270 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,9
Sets the remote inhibit test timer. Also known as T23_timer in the CCITT blue book.
270000 (270 sec)
mtpl3_timer_value,10
Sets the stabilizing timer after removal of local processor outage (used in LPO latching to RPO). Also known as T24_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the supervision timer for signalling link test acknowledgement. Also known as SLT_T1_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the interval timer for sending signalling link messages. Also known as SLT_T2_timer in the CCITT blue book. Sets the waiting for changeback acknowledgement (rst attempt) timer. Also known as T4_timer in the CCITT blue book.
500 (.5 sec)
8000 (8 sec)
60000 (60 sec)
850 (.85 sec)
A-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

850 (.85 sec) Sets the waiting for changeback acknowledgement (second attempt) timer. Also known as T5_timer in the CCITT blue book. Minimum time period between Congestion Indications (CIs). CIs arriving within this timer value are ignored. Timer value is in milliseconds. Minimum timer period before abatement can occur. If no CI is received for this timer value, trafc is increased by one step. Timer value is in milliseconds. Sets the Network Indicator (NI) that establishes a method of differentiation between international and national messages. 00 to 1200 msec (1 step= 5msec) 6,000 to 10,000 msec
Element
6,000 (msec)
13,000 to 60,000 msec
60,000 (msec)
ni
0 to 3 0=Internatl Network 1=Spare (for international use only) 2= National Network 3=Reserv-ed for national use
normal_call_thres
Denes the high_threshold that classies a call as a normal call. For example, with a threshold set at 20, any call greater than 20 seconds would be classied as a normal call. Note normal_call_thres is always greater than the short_call_thres.
1 to 90
10
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-13
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

6 Sets the maximum number of target cells to be included in a HANDOVER REQUIRED message. The preferred list of target cells is a mandatory BSS eld. The number of preferred cells is given in order of predicted best performance. See GSM Rec. 8.08, 3.1.5.1.1. 0 to 255 preferred cells
Element
number_of_preferred _cells
omc_dte_addr onset_value,1
Identies the DTE address associated with the OMC This element species the onset threshold CPU utilization for the rst congestion level. This element species the onset threshold CPU utilization for the second congestion level. This element species the onset threshold CPU utilization for the third congestion level. Sets the Originating Point Code (opc). The values for the opc are stored as a 14-bit binary code. See GSM Recommendations, section CCITT Q.708. Identies the number of steps dened for the overload function. This sets the timer which is used to wait for the RRLP Measure Position Response from the EBTS. This timer value is in milliseconds. This timer is specic to the E911 Feature. Sets the remote alarm, daily alarm level count.
length (14 bytes) 0 to 100
0 80
onset_value,2
0 to 100
80
onset_value,3
0 to 100
80
opc
0 to 16383 originating point code number 0 to 255
overload_steps
pst_timer_value
2,000 to 196,000 msec (2 to 196 sec)
65,000 msec (65 sec)
remote_loss_daily
0 to 65535 number of alarms
16
A-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

20 Sets the remote alarm, hourly alarm level count. Sets the remote alarm out-of-service (OOS) level count. When the count is exceeded, the 2 Mbps circuit will be taken out-of-service. Sets the remote alarm restorable time limit. If no remote_loss_restore errors occur within this period of time, the 2 Mbps circuit will be allowed to be brought back-in-service. Sets the remote alarm time. If a remote alarm exists for this amount of time, the 2 Mbps circuit will be taken out-of-service. Sets the remote alarm restorable time. If the remote alarm ceases, for this period of time, the 2 Mbps circuit will be brought back-in-service. Denes the audit type(s) associated with a particular device type. Indicates the type of test (e.g., safe test, loopback, etc.) Denes the type of device (board, bus, resource, soft device, optional hardware) that will be audited by the SAP. Denes the end time (in military time) for a scheduled audit. 0 to 65535 number of alarms 0 to 65535 number of alarms
Element
remote_loss_hourly
remote_loss_oos
511 (per day)
remote_loss_restore
0 to 65535 minutes
10 (0 errors per 10 minute interval) 100
remote_time_oos
0 to 65535 100 msec
remote_time_restore
0 to 65535 100 msec
100 (0 errors per 10 second interval) 0
sap_audit_type
1 to 20
sap_device_type
0 to 31
sap_end_time
0000-2359 Upper byte = hours Lower byte = minutes
sap_interval
Denes how often (in minutes) audits will be executed.
0000-2359
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-15
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

0 20 Denes the start time (in military time) for a scheduled audit. The GPPROC CPU utilization drop (below sar_threshold) in order to clear the OMC alarm. For example, if sar_threshold is 80% and sar_margin is 20%, then an alarm will be sent to the OMC when CPU% exceeds 80%, but will not be cleared until CPU% falls below 60% (i.e., 80-20) 0000-2359 5 to 45
Element
sap_start_time sar_margin
sar_threshold
The GRPROC CPU utilization which, when exceeded, will cause the BSC to send an alarm to the OMC; see example in sar_margin (previous). Turns on/off short call bookeeping for VP Recovery. Table tracking short call instances for VPs is updated when this ag is turned on. Denes the number of consecutive short call instances a VP encounters to trigger a VP audit. Denes the low_threshold that classies a call as a short call. For example, with a threshold set at 10, any call less than or equal to 1 seconds would be classied as a short call. Note short_call_thres is always less than the normal_call_thres.
0 to 100
80
short_call_ag
on or off
on
short_call_inst
1 to 10
short_call_thres
1 to 60
slip_loss_daily
Sets the frame-slip daily alarm level count. Sets the frame-slip hourly alarm level count.
0 to 65535 number of alarms 0 to 65535 number of alarms
slip_loss_hourly
10
A-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

255 (per day) Sets the frame-slip out-of-service (OOS) alarm level count. When this count is exceeded, the 2 Mbps circuit will be taken out-of-service. Sets the frame-slip restorable time limit. If no errors occur during this period, the 2 Mbps circuit will be brought back into service. Indicates if Time Synchronization is enabled or disabled. Indicates the Time Synchronization polling interval of the OMC in seconds. Note During sysgen off, the units are seconds; during sysgen on, the units are centiseconds. 0 to 65535 number of alarms
Element
slip_loss_oos
slip_loss_restore
0 to 65535 number of minutes
10 (0 errors per 10 minutes) 1
sntp_ag
0 (Disabled) or 1 (Enabled) 64 to 1024 secs (sysgen off) 6400 to 102400 centiseconds (sysgen on) 70 to 90 0 to 1000000 msec
sntp_poll_time
180 secs
18000 centisec onds 0 30000 (30 sec)
ssm_overload_thresh old ssm_timer_value,0
Sets the maximum number of calls handled by a BSC. Sets the wait (time) for the SCCP connection Conrm from the MSC. Also known as T (connection established) in CCITT documentation. Sets the wait for clear command from the MSC timer. Also known as ssm_mtg in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for radio channel released from Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM) timer. Also known as ssm_mth in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for cipher mode complete from the RRSM timer. Also known as ssm_mti in GSM documentation.
ssm_timer_value,1
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,2
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,3
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-17
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

7000 (7 sec) Sets the wait for handover complete from target cell Radio Resource State Machine (RRSM) timer. Also known as ssm_mtj in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for handover allocation from destination cell RRSM timer. Also known as ssm_mtk in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for SCCP connection released from MSC timer. Also known as ssm_mtl in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for response from switch manager timer. Also known as ssm_mtm in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for assignment complete from RRSM timer. Also known as ssm_mtn in GSM documentation. Sets the second timer to wait for response to switch manager timer. Also known as ssm_mtu in GSM documentation. Sets the audit timer for state on dedicated-channel timer. Also known as ssm_mtv in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for audit response from switch manager timer. Also known as ssm_mtx in GSM documentation. Sets the send activity control timer. Also known as T(ias) in CCITT documentation. 0 to 1000000 msec
Element
ssm_timer_value,4
ssm_timer_value,5
0 to 1000000 msec
5000 (5 sec)
ssm_timer_value,6
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,7
0 to 1000000 msec
10000 (10 sec)
ssm_timer_value,8
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,9
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,10
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,11
0 to 1000000 msec
30000 (30 sec)
ssm_timer_value,12
0 to 1000000 msec
120,000 (120 sec)
A-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

125000 Sets the receive inactivity control timer. The length of this timer must be > the send activity control timer T(ias). Also known as T(iar) in CCITT documentation. 0 to 1000000 msec
Element
ssm_timer_value,13
ssm_timer_value,14
Sets the handover required periodicity (regular recurrence of handover queuing) timer. This is the minimum time interval between the BSS queuing of handover required messages for the same connection. Also known as T7 in GSM documentation. See GSM Rec. 8.08, 3.1.5 to 3.2.3.
0 to 1000000 msec
15000
ssm_timer_value,15
Sets the wait for audit SSM call response from RRSM timer. Also known as ssm_audit_timer in GSM documentation. Time allowed between the DSP training and the rst DSP audit. Sets the wait for handover request timer. Also known as ssm_mtb1 in GSM documentation. Sets the wait for handover allocation timer. Also known as ssm_mtc1 in GSM documentation. Sets the (wait) time for SCCP Release complete. Also known as T(rel) in CCITT documentation.
0 to 1000000 msec
30000
ssm_timer_value,16 ssm_timer_value,17
0 to 1000000 msec 0 to 1000000 msec 0 to 1000000 msec 0 to 1000000 msec
350 30000
ssm_timer_value,18
30000
ssm_timer_value,19
4000
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-19
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

10,000 Sets the time that the BSS waits for a handover to complete for an internal handover. The purpose is to keep the old channels long enough for the MS to retain the ability to return to the old channels when necessary, and to release the channels if the call is dropped. 0 to 1000000 msec
Element
ssmpc_timer_value,0
static_vps_rst
Species if 3:1 or 6:1 XCDRs are used before the dual mode XCDR VPs are used. Value 1 = 3:1 or 6:1 XCDR will be used rst; Value 0 = dual mode XCDR VPs will be used rst. Sets the time period (interval) that will be used by GSM statistics to collect statistical data. Sets the synchronization loss, daily alarm level count. Sets the synchronization loss, hourly alarm level count. Sets the synchronization loss, out-of-service (OOS) daily alarm level count. Sets the synchronization loss, restorable time limit. If the sync_loss error does not occur within this time period, the 2 Mbps circuit will be brought back into service.
0 or 1
stat_interval
5 to 60 minutes
30
s_red_loss_daily
0 to 65535 number of alarms 0 to 65535 number of alarms 0 to 65535 number of alarms 0 to 65535 minutes
16 (per day) 20
s_red_loss_hourly
s_red_loss_oos
511
s_red_loss_restore
10
A-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

off Indicates the subrate trunking ag of the controlling EBTS. If it is on, it uses trunked subrates (SCI); if it is off, it uses non-trunked mapping (RCI). Each cell in an EBTS should be congured to the same channel mapping mode. Sets the sychroniztion loss time. If the synchronization is lost for this time period, the 2 Mbps circuit will be taken out-of-service. on or off
Element
subrate_trunking_ ag
sync_time_oos
0 to 65535
100
sync_time_restore
Sets the sychronization loss restorable time limit. If the synchronization returns for this time period, the 2 Mbps circuit will be brought back into service. Disables or enables the call blocking option of the TDM connectivity test. When this value is on, calls will not be set up on TDM paths that have failed the TDM connectivity test. Note: After changing the tdm_call_block element, a TDM connectivity test must be run before the change becomes effective.
0 to 65535
100
tdm_call_block
on or off
off
thres_vp_alarms
Indicates if alarm messages should be sent to the OMC when the high or low watermark has reached for 3to1 or 6to1.
on or off
on
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-21
BSC MMI Commands
Table A-1

0 Sets the placement of the transcoder. (BSC or RXCDR). 0 to 1 0=RXCDR or CP_BSC or E_BSC or E_RXCDR 1= Colocated_B SC
Element
transcoder_location
transcoder_mode
Denes the type of communication between a CCDSP and the transcoder. Enables/disables TTY-Baudot
1 =16 Kbps, normal transmission 0 = Off 1 = On
tty_baudot_ag
Off
tty_baudot_rate
Sets the symbols per second rate for TTY Baudot.
0 to 1 0 = 45.45 symbols/sec 1 = 50.00 symbols/sec
vp_cong_threshold
This element is a limit to determine if available VPs from other XCDRs can be borrowed. Enables/disables VP Recovery during XCDR initialization and scheduled or on-demand VTT. If the ag is on, a VP Recovery is attempted upon a VP failing the initial audit. Sets the XCDR bypass ag values for all congured.
0 to 10
vpr_vtt_ag
on or off
on
xcdr_bypass_allowed
0 to 3 0 = OFF 1 = Bypass ag ON 2 = Audit ag ON 3 = Bypass and Audit ags ON
A-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Element usage
Commands using a specic parameter are presented in the Element column.
Element
abatement_value,<1-3> ais_loss_oos all_cells_ins audio_switch_delay ber_loss_daily ber_loss_hourly ber_loss_restore block_retries_num block_xbl_oos_ag bs_ag_blks_res bsc_type bss_id bus_device_type bus_stat_threshold called_pci calling_pci ccch_conf clm_timer_value,<0-11> cp_option_call_trace cp_option_interconnect cp_option_reset_ckt
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-23
disp_element
chg_element
chg_cell_id
add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
Element
cr_lockout_tmr dpc ebts_dte_addr esmr_cell_id extrl_handover_allowed fm_site_type ftp_failure gclk_qwarm_ag gproc_slots gsm_cell_id_format handover_required_reject_switch high_watermark_3to1 high_watermark_6to1 illegal_cell_id illegal_circuit_id inter_cell_handover_allowed intra_cell_handover_allowed ksw_cong local_site_id low_watermark_3to1 low_watermark_6to1 lta_alarm_range mcap_recover_period mfsu_ag mtpl2_timer_value,<0-6>
A-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_element
chg_element
chg_cell_id
add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
Element
mtpl3_timer_value,<0-14,17,18> ni normal_call_thres number_of_preferred_cells omc_dte_addr onset_value,<1-3> opc overload_steps pst_timer_value remote_loss_daily remote_loss_hourly remote_loss_oos remote_loss_restore remote_time_oos remote_time_restore sap_audit_type sap_device_type sap_end_time sap_interval sap_start_time sar_margin (This element must be modied using the sar command described on page 6-44.) sar_threshold (This element must be modied using the sar command described on page page 6-44.) short_call_ag
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-25
disp_element
chg_element
chg_cell_id
add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
Element
short_call_inst short_call_thres slip_loss_daily slip_loss_hourly slip_loss_oos slip_loss_restore sntp_ag sntp_poll_time s_red_loss_daily s_red_loss_hourly s_red_loss_oos s_red_loss_restore ssm_overload_threshold ssm_timer_value,<0-19> ssmpc_timer_value,0 static_vps_rst stat_interval subrate_trunking_ag sync_loss_daily sync_loss_hourly sync_loss_oos sync_loss_restore sync_time_oos sync_time_restore tdm_call_block
A-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_element
chg_element
chg_cell_id
add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
Element
thres_vp_alarms transcoder_location transcoder_mode tty_baudot_ag tty_baudot_rate transport_mod unblock_retries_num vp_cong_threshold vpr_vtt_ag xcdr_bypass_allowed
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
A-27
disp_element
chg_element
chg_cell_id
add_cell
BSC MMI Commands
A-28
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
B B Statistical
parameters
Introduction
This appendix may be read by deciding the basis of the statistic: per GPROC, per BSC, per class, per link (X.25 or SS7), or per SIO. Within each basis, the parameters are shown in alphabetical order. The type of command is listed: Counter, Duration (Total Time), Gauge, Normal Distribution, or Weighted Distribution. Also, note that each parameter is listed in lower case, you may use the same parameters in upper case only with the commands disp_stats and clear_stats. Alarm severity is noted in boldface type in the parameter descriptions of alarm-related statistics. The classications of the alarms are as follows: Warning. Minor, and Major. (The alarms are listed from least critical (Warning) to most critical (Major).) The notation will only appear if a statistic has an alarm.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-1
APPENDIX B - STATISTICAL PARAMETERS
BSC MMI Commands
BSC parameters
Statistic name (MMI and OMC)
assgn_fail_sub_chan_ cong
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the ACG indicates the BSC requested subrate is either out of range or on a reserved timeslot. This statistic is pegged when the ACG indicates a BSC requested subrate is already in use. This statistic is pegged when the ACG indicates the BSC requested subrate is on a SPAN that is out of service. This statistic measures the elapsed time (in milliseconds) from the reception of the initial layer 3 service request from the EBTS until the assignment complete message is sent to the MSC (for mobile originated calls). Similarly, it also measures the elapsed time from the sending of the page mobile request to the EBTS until the assignment successful message is received from the EBTS (for mobile terminated calls). The statistic used by the OMC is the mean of these measurements.
assgn_fail_sub_chan_ in_use
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
assgn_fail_sub_chan_ unavail
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
bsc_access_delay Mean BSC Access Delay
CELL Distribution (Mean)
Access Delay
N/A
B-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

bsc_call_hold_time Mean BSC Call Hold Time
Basis/ type
CELL Distribution (Mean)
Key stat
Hold Time
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic measures the elapsed time (in milliseconds) from the reception of the assignment complete message (from the MSC, for mobile originated calls) or the assignment successful message (from the EBTS, for mobile terminated calls) until the clear command is received from the MSC. The statistic used by the OMC is the mean of these measurements. This statistic is pegged when the requested connection to the Switch Manager by the CP could not be completed. This statistic is pegged when the requested connection to the Switch Manager by the CP was completed successfully. This statistic is pegged when an internal Motorola-dened timer in the BSC expires to indicate that the MS did not respond to the Cipher Mode Command message with the Cipher Mode Complete message within the allowable time period or responded improperly. It indicates that the MS probably did not switch into correctly encrypted communication mode when commanded to do so.
bsc_switch_fail BSC Switch Fail
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
bsc_switch_success BSC Switch Success
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
cipher_mode_fail Cipher Mode Commands from MSC Failed
CELL Counter
N/A
Minor
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-3
BSC MMI Commands

clr_cmd_from_msc_ after_ac Clear Request from MSC after Assignment Complete
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Termin ations
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when, for a given connection, a clear command is received from the MSC after an assignment complete or assignment successful message is received from the MSC or EBTS, respectively. This statistic is pegged when, for a given connection attempt, a clear command is received from the MSC before an assignment complete or assignment successful message is received from the MSC or EBTS, respectively. This statistic is pegged when the BSC sends a Clear Request message to the MSC. The Clear Request message may be generated due to one of the following: 1) no radio resources available to allocate from the BSC, call queuing is enabled, and the maximum call delay has been exceeded; 2) radio interface message failure; 3) protocol error; and 4) ciphering algorithm not supported.
clr_cmd_from_msc_ before_ac Clear Request from MSC before Assignment Complete
CELL Counter
Connec tion Failures
N/A
clr_req_to_msc Clear Request to MSC
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
B-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

clr_req_to_msc_after_ ac Clear Request to MSC after Assignment Complete
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Termin ations
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when, for a given connection, a clear request message is sent to the MSC after an assignment complete or assignment successful message has been received from the MSC or EBTS, respectively. This statistic represents an error condition, in that normally terminated calls, whether or not the termination was initiated by the mobile or the MSC, will result in the BSC rst receiving the clear command from the MSC. This statistic is pegged when, for a given connection attempt, a clear request message is sent to the MSC before an assignment complete or assignment successful message is received from the MSC or EBTS, respectively. This statistic is pegged when the MSC refuses SCCP connection establishment to the BSC. The statistic will only be pegged for connection establishments initiated by the BSC. If an association already exists for the identity of the MS requesting connection, the connection request will be refused, and this statistic will peg.
clr_req_to_msc_before _ac Clear Request to MSC before Assignment Complete
CELL Counter
N/A
conn_refused Connection Refused from MSC
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-5
BSC MMI Commands

conn_req_to_msc Connection Request to MSC
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the MSC receives a Connection Request message from the BSC. The statistic will only be pegged for connection establishments initiated by the BSC. This message is sent when the mobile is requesting setup of the connections for several types of transaction, namely: location update, connection establishment (including re-establishment on failure, short message transfer, and supplementary service requests), and paging response. This statistic is pegged when the Handover Recognized command is received at the BSC from the EBTS. This is the rst message sent to the BSC when a handover is initiated. This statistic is pegged when the BSC sends a Handover Failure message to the MSC.This message is sent to notify the MSC that the BSC could not reserve the radio resource that the MSC had asked for (in the Handover Request message).
handover_rec_to_bsc Handover Recognized to the BSC
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
ho_req_msc_fail Handover Failure to the MSC due to all errors except no channels
CELL Counter
Hando vers
Warning
B-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

ho_req_msc_ok Handover Request from the MSC Completed
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the BSC sends a Handover Request Acknowledge message to the MSC. This message is sent to notify the MSC that the BSC has reserved the radio resource that the MSC had asked for in the Handover Request message. This statistic is pegged when an Initial Layer 3 (Location Update) message is received by the BSC from a mobile. The mobile will send this message when it powers up or moves to a new location area. This statistic is pegged when an Initial Layer 3 (Detach) message is received by the BSC from a mobile. The mobile will send this message when it powers down or leaves all known location area. This statistic is pegged when the Initial Layer 3 (Service Request) is received from the EBTS when establishing a mobile originated connection. This statistic is pegged when the Initial Layer 3 (Page Response) is received from the EBTS when establishing a mobile terminated connection.
initl3_loc_update Initial Layer 3 Location Update
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
initl3_det_indication Initial Layer 3 Detach Indication
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
initl3_service_req Initial Layer 3 Service Request
CELL Counter
Connec tion Attemp ts
N/A
initl3_page_resp Initial Layer 3 Page Response
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-7
BSC MMI Commands

in_inter_ho Incoming Inter-Cell Handovers Within the BSC
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the MS sends a Handover Complete message to the MSC after an inter-BSC handover is successfully completed from the BSC. This statistic measures the elapsed time (in msec) from reception of the incoming handover request until the handover complete message is sent to the MSC. This statistic is pegged when the MS sends a Handover Failure message to the BSC for a requested handover that required a new BSC. There is no implication of a lost call, as the call might be recovered to the donor BSC. The statistic is pegged on the source cell.
inter_bsc_ho_delay Inter-BSC Mean Handover Delay
CELL Distribution
N/A
N/A
inter_bsc_ms_fail Inter-BSC Handover, MS Handover Failed Message Received
CELL Counter
N/A
Warning
B-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

intra_bsc_ho Intra-BSC Handover Completed
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Hando vers, Hando ver Averag es
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the BSC sends a Handover Performed message to the MSC relating to a handover that occurs across cells. This statistic pegs for all calls that were transferred to a channel provided by a new cell (new EBTS), but not for those calls that were transferred to a channel provided by a new BSC or provided by the old cell (the same EBTS. This event noties the MSC that the MS and the BSC successfully established the main signaling link on the new channels and cell. This statistic is pegged at the sourced BSC when the Handover Required message is sent to the MSC for an inter-BSC handover. This statistic is pegged when the Mobile Subscriber (MS) attempts an intra BSC handover operation, but the ACG times out. This statistic is also pegged if the call-in-progress is not lost and is able to revert back to its previous radio resource (original channel).
inter_bsc_req_to_msc Inter-BSC Handover Required to MSC
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
intra_bsc_ho_fail Intra-BSC Handover Failed and Recovered to Original Call
CELL Counter
Hando vers
Warning
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-9
BSC MMI Commands

intra_bsc_ho_lostms Intra-BSC Handover Failed and Mobile Lost
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Hando vers
Alarm
Minor
Description
This statistic is pegged for all calls that failed to hand over to a new cell and failed to resume the call on the old channel and cell. The call-in-progress was lost, as the MS was unable to recover to its old cell. If the handover was an internally controlled handover, this statistic pegs if a Clear Request is generated for the channel on which the call was proceeding. This statistic is pegged when the rst choice cell for an intra-BSC handover has no channels available to allocate to an MS. This statistic is only pegged if an intra-BSC handover is blocked; it will not peg on an intra-cell block. This statistic pegs if all channels are used and one more handover attempt arrives, not as soon as all channels are used (that is, before the rejected attempt). This statistic records the number of times the BSC sent an Internal Handover Request to the EBTS because a handover is required for a given Mobile subscriber (MS) to change its dedicated channel conguration within the BSC.
intra_bsc_ho_pri_blk Intra-BSC Handover Primary Target Cell Blocked (no chan avail)
CELL Counter
N/A
Warning
intra_bsc_ho_req Intra-BSC Handover Required
CELL Counter
Hando vers
N/A
B-10
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

intra_cell_ho Intra-cell Handover Completed
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the BSC sends a Handover Performed message to the MSC. (This relates to a handover occurring across channels, but within a single cell.) This event noties the MSC that the MS and the BSC successfully established the main signalling link on the new channels. This message is generated at the BSC/ MSC interface at the completion of an internal intra-cell handover. This statistic is pegged when the Mobile Subscriber (MS) attempts an intra cell handover operation, but the ACG times out. This statistic is also pegged if the call-in-progress is not lost and is able to revert back to its previous radio resource (original channel). This statistic is pegged when the MS fails to assign to the new channel and fails to return to the original that the BSC knows was intended for an intra-cell handover. If the call-in-progress was lost or if the MS was unable to recover to its old channel, this statistic is pegged.
intra_cell_ho_fail Intra-cell Handover Failed and Recovered to Original Channel
CELL Counter
Hando vers
Warning
intra_cell_ho_lostms Intra-cell Handover Failed and Mobile Lost
CELL Counter
Hando vers
Minor
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-11
BSC MMI Commands

intra_cell_ho_req Intra-cell Handover (Channel Assignment) Required
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Hando vers
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged if the BSC decides to perform an internal intra-cell handover. This event occurs because of interference or other disturbances on the radio channel carrying the call, or because the radio channel or the equipment carrying the radio channel must be taken out of service for maintenance or other reasons. This statistic pegs the radio resource request made to a BSC by the MSC. The MSC sends the BSC an Assignment request message containing details of the type of resource required. The type of resource is based on the MSCs analysis of the call control information received from the mobile. This statistic measures the number of times the MSC asked the BSC to allocate radio resources. This statistic is pegged if the validation of the Page Request message fails (wrong message length, IEI, etc.). The Cell Identier List is not veried until the page is about to be sent to the cells.
ma_req_from_msc Mobile Assignment Request from MSC
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
page_req_from_msc_ fail Paging Request from MSC protocol error
CELL Counter
N/A
Warning
B-12
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

out_inter_ho Outgoing Inter-Cell Handovers Within the BSC
Basis/ type
CELL Counter
Key stat
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when the MSC sends a Clear Command message to the BSC during a handover procedure with a cause of handover successful. This statistic is pegged when a syntax error is detected in the routing message. This statistic is pegged whenever there is a routing failure from the MSC. This statistic is pegged when the sccp connection at the BSC is successful. This statistic is pegged when the sccp connection at the BSC is refused. Either the sccp connection is already in use or some other error has occurred. This statistic is pegged when the sccp connection at the BSC is released. This is a normal condition once the connection is no longer required. This statistic is pegged when SCCP messages are transmitted or received on the signalling link. This statistic is pegged each timer Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service Information Octets (SIO) are received across all signalling links to a BSC.
routing_syntax Routing Failure Syntax error detected routing_unknown Routing Failure Reason Unknown sccp_conn_conrmed SCCP Connection Conrmed sccp_conn_refused SCCP Connection Refused
BSC Counter
N/A
Warning
BSC Counter
N/A
Warning
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sccp_conn_released SCCP Connection Refused
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sccp_msgs Total Messages Handled (from local or remote sub system) sif_sio_rx_opc SIF & SIO octets received
BSC Counter
N/A
N/A
BSC Counter
N/A
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-13
BSC MMI Commands

sif_sio_tx_dpc SIF & SIO octets transmitted
Basis/ type
BSC Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged each timer SIF or SIO octets are transmitted across all signalling links to a BSC. This statistic is pegged when a subrate could not allocate to the site on the initial call attempt. This statistic is pegged when a subrate could not allocate for an inter-BSC handover attempt. This statistic is pegged when a subrate could not allocate for an inter-Cell handover attempt. This statistic is pegged when a subrate could not allocate for an intra-Cell handover attempt. This statistic is pegged when a subrate could not allocate for the second (and nal) allocation attempt on an initial call attempt. Number of Voice Processors (VP) passing the initial Voice Trunk Testing (VTT) prior to a VP Recovery. Since they pass VTT, the recovery procedure is bypassed. Number of successful Voice Processor (VP) recoveries. These VPs pass the Voice Trunk Testing (VTT) after the VP is recovered due to a series of short calls experienced by the VP.
sub_chan_blk_1st_try
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sub_chan_blk_inter_ bsc_ho
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sub_chan_blk_inter_ cell_ho
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sub_chan_blk_intra_ cell_ho
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
sub_chan_blk_retry
CELL Counter
N/A
N/A
vpr_pass_init_vtt
BSC Counter
N/A
N/A
vpr_success_rec
BSC Counter
N/A
N/A
B-14
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

vpr_total_attempts
Basis/ type
BSC Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
Total number of voice processor (VP) recoveries. These VPs are selected to be audited due to a series of short calls. This statistic shows the total number of calls originated or terminated for each cell on the BSC. It is pegged when Assignment Complete is sent to the MSC. Note that this statistic does not necessarily peg all successful calls. It only pegs calls that have been assigned to the TCH. For example, if the call fails to send a Direct Transfer Application Part (DTAP) Connect Acknowledge, it still looks successful to the BSC. This statistic is pegged when, for a given connection attempt, an unsuccessful assignment message is received from the EBTS.
total_calls Total Number of Calls
Cell Counter
Connec tion Attemp ts, Access Delay Hold Time, Hando ver Averag es
N/A
unsuccessful_assignm ent Unsuccessful Assignment
Cell Counter
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-15
BSC MMI Commands
GPROC
cpu_usage Maximum/ Minimum/Mean Utilization
Basis/ type
GPROC Distribution
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic records the maximum, minimum, and mean values of the short-term processor utilization measurement (from which the 30-minute mean, statistic Mean Utilization, is calculated). This statistic is recorded for each GPROC board under the control of a BSC. It is only recorded for GPROC boards. This statistic records the CPU utililization every 3 minutes throughout the 30 minute interval. This statistic is recorded for each GPROC board under the control of a BSC. It is only recorded for GPROC boards. Each bin represents a 3 minute interval.
cpu_util_log
GPROC Bucket
N/A
N/A
B-16
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

vpr_vp_type
Basis/ type
GPROC Bucket
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
Number of VP recoveries per transcoder type: 3:1, 6:1, dual_24, dual_48. Bin values are as follows: Bin 1) Number of 6:1 VP recoveries Bin 2) Number of 3:1 VP recoveries Bin 3) Number of dual_24 VP recoveries Bin 4) Number of dual_48 VP recoveries Bin 5) Number of 6:1 IOP recoveries Bin 6) Number of 3:1 IOP recoveries Bin 7) Number of dual_24 IOP recoveries Bin 8) Number of dual_48 IOP recoveries Bin 9) Reserved Bin 10) Reserved
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-17
BSC MMI Commands
X.25 link
frmr FRMR-Frames
Basis/ type
X25_LINK/ LAPD_LINK Counter X25_LINK/ LAPD_LINK Counter X25_LINK/ LAPD_LINK Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
Warning
Description
This statistic is pegged for all Frame Reject (FRMR) frames. This statistic is pegged when Information Frames (I-Frames) are received. This statistic is pegged when Information Frames (I-Frames) are transmitted. This statistic is pegged whenever an invalid frame is received. X.25: On the OML (BSC-OMC) link. LAPD: On the RSL (BSC-BTS) link. This statistic is pegged when the retry count threshold has been exceeded. This statistic is pegged for all Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (SABM) frames on the X.25: BSC-OMC interface.
i_frames_rx Received I-Frames
N/A
N/A
i_frames_tx Transmitted I-Frames
N/A
N/A
invalid_frames_rx Invalid Receive Frames
X25_LINK/ LAPD_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
n2_expiry Expiration of N2 Retry Count
N/A
Minor
sabm_tx SABM-Frames
N/A
N/A
B-18
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Class
sccp_msgs_tx Total Messages Sent (by class 0,2)
Basis/ type
CLASS Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when SCCP messages are transmitted on the signalling link. This statistic is pegged when SCCP messages are received on the signalling link.
sccp_msgs_rx Total Messages Received (by class 0,2)
CLASS Counter
N/A
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-19
BSC MMI Commands
SS7 link
mtp_changeover Local Automatic Changeover
Basis/ type
SS7_LINK Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when MTP trafc is changed over to an alternate signalling link. This statistic is pegged when MTP trafc that has been changed over to an alternate signalling link is diverted back to the original signalling link. This statistic keeps the duration of the total time the signalling link was in service. This statistic counts the number of times the BSC detects out of order messages to the MSC and requests that the retransmission occurs. This statistic is pegged when the link starts carrying user trafc. This happens when the link comes into service, is uninhibited, or recovers from a remote processor outage. This statistic pegs each time the link is lost due to a timer that expires when an acknowledgement of an Message Signal Unit (MSU) is not sent.
mtp_changeback Local Automatic Changeback
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_link_ins Duration of Link in the In-Service State
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
mtp_neg_acks SL Number of Negative ack. Received
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
mtp_restoration SL Restoration
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_sl_ack SL Failure - Excessive delay of Ack
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Major
B-20
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

mtp_sl_alignment SL alignment failure
Basis/ type
SS7_LINK Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
Minor
Description
This statistic is pegged each time the signalling link tries to align with A-interface while it is out of service. This statistic is pegged each time the congestion timer expires. This statistic is pegged each time the signalling link is lost due to the Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor timer expiration. (Refer to CCITT specication Q. 703, Section 102.) This statistic pegs all Conference of European Postal and Telecommunications Operations (CEPT) signalling link failures. This statistic pegs when the signalling link is lost due to the detection of an abnormal Forward Indicator Bit (FIB) caused by the mis-synchronization of the sequence numbers [Backward Sequence Number (BSN) and Forward Sequence Number (FSN)]. This statistic is pegged each time erroneous signal units is received on the signalling link failure due to abnormal Forward Indicator Bit Received (FIBR) / Backward Sequence Number Received (BSNR).
mtp_sl_congestion SL Failure - Excessive duration of congestion mtp_sl_error_rate SL Failure - Excessive error rate
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Major
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Major
mtp_sl_fail SL Failure - All reasons
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Major
mtp_sl_br SL Failure - Abnormal FIBR/BSNR
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Major
mtp_su_error Number of Signal Units in error
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-21
BSC MMI Commands

mtp_linkfail Duration of SL unavailability due to link failure
Basis/ type
SS7_LINK Total Time
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged each time the signalling link tries to align with the A-interface while it is out of service. This statistic is started when a congestion situation is detected on a signaling link. The statistic is stopped when normal operation is resumed. This statistic is started each time the signalling link is inhibited due to local management actions and stopped when the link is uninhibited. This statistic is pegged each time the signalling link is inhibited by the user who is doing a shutdown command to the associated MTP link. This statistic is pegged each time the signalling link is uninhibited by the user who is doing an unlock command on the link that was previously inhibited. This statistic pegs the duration of the signalling link inhibited due to remote management action until uninhibited.
mtp_local_busy Duration of Local Busy
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
mtp_local_mgt Duration of SL inhibition due to local management actions
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
mtp_mgt_inhibit Local Management Inhibit
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_mgt_uninhibit Local Management Uninhibit
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_remote_mgt Duration of SL inhibition due to remote management actions
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
B-22
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands

mtp_remote_proc Duration of SL unavailability due to remote processor outage
Basis/ type
SS7_LINK Total Time
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged when a remote processor outage is identied and stopped when the processor outage condition ceases. It measures the duration of time that a remote processor is out of service. This statistic is pegged each time a remote processor outage condition is identied. This statistic is pegged each time the remote processor outage is no longer present. This statistic records the duration of the CEPT signalling link unavailability. This statistic is pegged for each congestion event which results in Message Signaling Units (MSUs) being lost. This statistic is pegged each time an MSU is discarded while there is congestion on the signalling link. This statistic measures the duration (of the total time period) that the signalling link is congested. This statistic is pegged each time Message Signal Units (MSU) are received over the signalling link.
mtp_start_rpo Start of remote processor outage
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
mtp_stop_rpo Stop of remote processor outage
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_unavailable Duration of SL unavailability (for any reason) congestion_lost_msu Number of SL congestion events resulting in loss of MSUs msu_discarded Number of MSUs discarded due to SL congestion
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
mtp_congestion Cumulative duration of SL congestion
SS7_LINK Total Time
N/A
N/A
mtp_msu_rx Number of MSUs received
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-23
BSC MMI Commands

mtp_msu_tx Number of MSUs transmitted
Basis/ type
SS7_LINK Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged each time Message Signal Units (MSU) are transmitted over the signalling link. This statistic counts the number of octets that the BSC has to send again to the MSC because the MSC has requested retransmission. This statistic is pegged each timer Signal Information Fields(SIF) or Service information Octets (SIO) are received over the signalling link. This statistic is pegged each time Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service Information Octets (SIO) are transmitted over the signalling link. This statistic is pegged when a Paging Request is received from the MSC by the BSC but not following broadcast by the BSC. This message is sent by the network when attempting to locate the MS. Each Page request message from MSC to BSC refers to only one MS. This statistic is pegged each time a congestion indication is received. This statistic is pegged each time the signaling link congestion indication stops.
mtp_re_tx Number of octets retransmitted
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
mtp_sif_sio_rx Number of SIF and SIO octets received
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
mtp_sif_sio_tx Number of SIF and SIO octets transmitted
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
page_req_from_msc Paging Request from MSC
BSC Counter
Connec tion Attemp ts
N/A
sl_congestion SL congestion indications sl_stop_congestion Stop of SL congestion
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
Warning
SS7_LINK Counter
N/A
N/A
B-24
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
SIO
sif_sio_type SIF & SIO octets handled with given SIO
Basis/ type
SIO Counter
Key stat
N/A
Alarm
N/A
Description
This statistic is pegged each time Signaling Information Field (SIF) or Signaling Information Octets (SIOs) are transmitted or received on each signalling link. This statistic pegs the sum of all signalling links to the BSC.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
B-25
BSC MMI Commands
B-26
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
C C Device and
function denitions
Introduction
This appendix describes usage of all devices and functions used with the MMI commands. This appendix is organized as follows: on page C-2 on page C-3 on page C-7
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
C-1
APPENDIX C - DEVICE AND FUNCTION DEFINITIONS
BSC MMI Commands
Dependencies
Due to system dependencies, some devices and functions at lower levels may be equipped only after other devices at higher levels are equipped. For example, an MSI-2 must be equipped before an MTL can be equipped. Also, XCDRs must be equipped before GPROCs and MSI-2s are equipped. Figure C-1 shows device and function dependencies.
BSC SITE
CABINET
CELL
CAGE
DEVICES
GCLK
GPROC
MSI-2
XCDR
KSW
BSP
LCF
OMF
MTL RSL OML
XBL
Not currently supported. Figure C-1
Device and function dependencies
C-2
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
BSC MMI Commands
Device usage
The following table identies all valid devices affected by device related commands. The columns represent the following information: DEVICE A description of the device. LITERAL The acceptable literal used with MMI commands. ID Three IDs are used for each device. Some commands may use IDs simply as placeholders. RANGE The acceptable value range for the specied ID. DEFINITION The denition of each ID. COMMANDS The MMI commands used with the indicated device.
Commands
The following commands are device related commands. Page numbers are provided for your convenience. Check the table to see which devices may be used with these commands: equip_device on page 3-11 lock_device on page 3-21 unlock_device on page 3-30 disp_dev_stat on page 4-18 disp_device on page 4-22
Commands unlock_device disp_dev_stat equip_device
Device
Base Site Processor
Literal
BSP
I D
1
Range
0
Denition
Active BSP board: 0 = A side
2 3
0 0
Placeholder. Placeholder.
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
C-3
disp_device
lock_device
BSC MMI Commands
Device
Cabinet
Literal
CAB
I D
1 2 3
Range
0 to 2 0 0 0 to 5
Denition
Cabinet location. Placeholder. Placeholder. Value at which the LANX card dial is set. Placeholder. Placeholder. Cage. Clock Bus. Placeholder. Active GCLK board: 0 = A side 1 = B side
Cage
CAGE
2 3 Clock Bus CBUS 1 2 3 Generic clock GCLK 1
0 0 0 to 5 0 to 1 0 0 or 1
2 3 Generic processor GPROC 1
0 0 0 to 31
Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic GPROC board. Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic KSW ID KSW resides on: 0 = A side 1 = B side
2 3 Kiloport switch KSW 1 2
0 0 0 to 3 0 or 1
Placeholder.
C-4
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_device
lock_device
BSC MMI Commands
Commands unlock_device disp_dev_stat
equip_device
Device
Local Area Network
Literal
LAN
I D
1 2 3
Range
0 to 1 0 0 0 to 71 0 0 0 to 15
Denition
Lan Location. Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic MSI board. Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic MTP link (per ITU-T spec). Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic link between BSC and OMC. Placeholder. Placeholder. EBTS site identication which RSL is connecting. Specic link set. Placeholder. Site identication associated with EBTS Placeholder. Placeholder.
Multiple Serial Interface
MSI
1 2 3
Message Transfer Link
MTL
2 3 Operations and Maintenance Link OML 1
0 0 0 or 1
2 3 Radio System Link RSL 1
0 0 1 to 80
2 3 EBTS site SITE 1
0 to 1 0 1 to 80
2 3
0 0
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
C-5
disp_device
lock_device
BSC MMI Commands
Device
Individual Span line
Literal
SPAN
I D
1 2
Range
0 to 71 0 or 1
Denition
Associated MSI. Specic megastream. Placeholder. Cage location. TDM Highway Bus ID: 0 = A side 1 = B side
3 TDM bus TBUS 1 2
0 0 to 5 0 or 1
3 Transcoder BSC link XBL 1
0 0 to 31
Placeholder. Specic XCDR board. Placeholder. Placeholder. Specic XCDR board. Placeholder. Placeholder.
2 3 Transcoder XCDR 1
0 0 0 to 54
2 3
0 0
C-6
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
disp_device
lock_device
BSC MMI Commands
Function usage
The following table identies all valid devices affected by device related commands. The columns represent the following information: FUNCTION A description of the function. LITERAL The acceptable literal used with MMI commands. ID Three IDs are used for each function. Some commands may use IDs simply as placeholders. RANGE The acceptable value range for the specied ID. DEFINITION The denition of each ID. COMMANDS The MMI commands used with the indicated function.
Commands
The following commands are function related commands. Page numbers are provided for your convenience. Check the table to see which functions may be used with these commands: equip_function on page 3-17 disp_func_stat on page 4-47 disp_function on page 4-49
68P81132E13-O 1 0 /3 /0 2 - GR
C-7
BSC MMI Commands
Comm ands equip_function disp_func_stat disp_function
Function
Link Control Function
Literal
LCF
I D
1 2 3
Range
0 to 19 0 0 0 0 0
Denition
Function identication. Placeholder. Placeholder. Function identication. Placeholder. Placeholder.
Operation and Maintenance Function
OMF
1 2 3
C-8
68P81132E13- O 10/3/02- GR
ACRONYMS
ACG AFRP APD BR BSC BSP CBUS CM DAP DCC DL DTE EBSC EGPROC ERXCDR GCLK GPROC GUI HLR IP ISO KSW
Access Controller Gateway Automatic Fault Recovery Procedure Advanced Packet Duplicator Base Radio Base Site Controller Base Site Processor Clock Bus Conguration Management Dispatch Applications Processor DAP Communication Composite DAP Link Data Terminal Equipment Enhanced Base Site Controller Enhanced General Processor (card) Enhanced Remote Transcoder Generic Clock (card) General Processor (card) Graphical User Interface Home Location Register Initialization Process Isolated Site Operation Kilo-port Switch
LAN LCF MSI MTL MDG MMI MSC NE OMC OMF OML PSTN RAM RC RSL RXCDR SMFA SYSGEN TBUS TDM XBL XCDR
Local Area Network Link Control Function Multiple Serial Interface (card) Message Transfer Link Mobile Data Gateway Man-Machine Interface Mobile Switching Center Network Element Operations and Maintenance Center Operations and Maintenance Function Operations and Maintenance Link Public Switched Telephone Network Random Access Memory Recent Change Radio System Link Remote Transcoder Specic Management Functional Area System Generation TDM Bus Time Division Multiplex Remote Transcoder-to-BSC Link Transcoder
10/29/01
68P80801xxx-O
Acronyms-i
NOTES . . .
Acronyms-ii
68P808xxxxx-O
10/29/01
Index
A
add_cell 2-2 add_channel 2-4 add_cic_conn 2-6 add_circuit 3-2 add_ebts_dte 2-9 add_span_nail 2-11 add_span_nailpipe 2-13 add_xbl_conn 2-15 alias 8-2 auto_vp_flag 5-2
B
BSC system features 1-2 bsc_access_delay B-2 bsc_audit 5-3 bsc_call_hold_time B-3 bsc_switch_fail B-3 bsc_switch_success B-3
C
Call trace 7-1 Call tracing 1-3 chg_audit_sched 5-6
chg_cell_id 2-17 chg_channel 2-19 chg_channel_olcc 2-21 chg_cic_conn 2-23 chg_cic_conn_olcc 2-25 chg_circuit 3-4 chg_circuit_olcc 3-5 chg_dte 2-27 chg_ebts_dte 2-29 chg_element 2-31 chg_ksw_config 2-43, 2-45 chg_level 1-4, 2-46 chg_msi_mode 2-47 chg_omc_dte 2-48 chg_password 2-50 chg_subrate_olcc 2-51 chg_time 2-54 cipher_mode_fail B-3 classifications 1-5 clear_database 2-56 clear_gclk_avgs 3-7 clear_stats 6-38 clr_cmd_from_msc_after_ac B-4 clr_cmd_from_msc_before_ac B-4 clr_req_to_msc B-4 clr_req_to_msc_after_ac B-5 clr_req_to_msc_before_ac B-5 command classifications RC 1-5 SYSGEN 1-5 SYSGEN/RC 1-5 comment 8-4
Index - 1
D-F
Index
Configuration management 2-1 congestion_lost_msu B-23 conn_refused B-5 conn_req_to_msc B-6 cpu_usage B-16
D
del_cell 2-57 del_channel 2-58 del_cic_conn 2-60 del_circuit 3-8 del_db_script 2-62 del_ebts_dte 2-63 del_span_nail 2-64 del_subrate 2-66 del_xbl_conn 2-68 Dependencies C-2 description 1-7 Device management 1-2, Device usage C-3 device_audit 5-9 disable_alarm 3-9 disp_act_cells 4-2 disp_audit_sched 4-3 disp_auto_vp_flag 4-4 disp_bsc_stat 4-5 disp_bsp 4-7 disp_cell 4-8 disp_channel 4-9 disp_checksum 4-11 disp_cic_conn 4-12 disp_cic_use 4-15 disp_circuit 4-17 disp_dev_stat 4-18 disp_device 4-23 disp_dsp_reload 4-35 disp_dte 4-36 disp_ebts_dte 4-38 disp_element 4-39 disp_env_alarm 4-42 disp_equipment 4-44 disp_func_stat 4-47 disp_function 4-49
3-1
disp_gclk_avgs 4-52 disp_gclk_cal 4-53 disp_interval 4-54 disp_ksw_config 4-56 disp_kswx 4-58 disp_lcf 4-60 disp_level 4-62 disp_mcap_gproc 4-63 disp_msi_alarms 4-64 disp_nail_conn 4-65 disp_num_ebts_dl 4-66 disp_obj_info 4-67 disp_omc_net 4-68, 4-69 disp_plp_net 4-70 disp_rf_cr_cell 4-71 disp_span_alarm 4-72 disp_span_tdm 4-73 disp_span_use 4-75 disp_stats 4-78 disp_stats_intrvl 4-82 disp_subrate 4-83 disp_tdm_use 4-85 disp_time 4-87 disp_version 4-88 disp_vpr 4-89 disp_xbl_conn 4-92 disp_xcdr_bypass 4-93 disp_xcdr_types 4-94 disp_xcdr_use 4-95 Display 4-1
E
enable_alarm 3-10 end_delta 8-5 equip_device 3-11 equip_function 3-17 examples 1-15
F
Fault management
1-3, 5-1
Index - 2
Index
G-M
fill_subrate 2-70 find_sccp 7-3 format 1-9 frmr B-18 ftp_mode 5-12 ftp_query_alarm 5-13 ftp_report_bsc 5-14 ftp_report_cage 5-15 ftp_report_dev 5-16 ftp_severity_lvl 5-18 ftp_trans_bsc 5-19 ftp_trans_cage 5-20 ftp_trans_device 5-21 Function usage C-7
inter_bsc_req_to_msc B-9 intra_bsc_ho B-9 intra_bsc_ho_fail B-9 intra_bsc_ho_lostms B-10 intra_bsc_ho_pri_blk B-10 intra_bsc_ho_req B-10 intra_cell_ho B-11 intra_cell_ho_fail B-11 intra_cell_ho_lostms B-11 intra_cell_ho_req B-12 Introduction 1-1 invalid_frames_rx B-18
L G
GPROC
1-1
lock_device
3-21
M H
handover_rec_to_bsc B-6 help 8-6 history 8-8 ho_req_msc_fail B-6 ho_req_msc_ok B-7 ma_req_from_msc B-12 manual typical page description 1-7 examples 1-15 format 1-9 parameters 1-10 manual_sysgen 2-73 Miscellaneous 1-3, 8-1 MMI commands specific tasks 1-1 msu_discarded B-23 mtp_changeback B-20 mtp_changeover B-20 mtp_congestion B-23 mtp_link_ins B-20 mtp_linkfail B-22 mtp_local_busy B-22 mtp_local_mgt B-22 mtp_mgt_inhibit B-22 mtp_mgt_uninhibit B-22 mtp_msu_rx B-23 mtp_msu_tx B-24
I
i_frames_rx B-18 i_frames_tx B-18 in_inter_ho B-8 index numbers 1-12 Information display 1-2 Initialization process 1-1 initl3_det_indication B-7 initl3_loc_update B-7 initl3_page_resp B-7 initl3_service_req B-7 inter_bsc_ho_delay B-8 inter_bsc_ms_fail B-8
Index - 3
N-S
Index
mtp_neg_acks B-20 mtp_re_tx B-24 mtp_remote_mgt B-22 mtp_remote_proc B-23 mtp_restoration B-20 mtp_sif_sio_rx B-24 mtp_sif_sio_tx B-24 mtp_sl_ack B-20 mtp_sl_alignment B-21 mtp_sl_congestion B-21 mtp_sl_error_rate B-21 mtp_sl_fail B-21 mtp_sl_fibr B-21 mtp_start_rpo B-23 mtp_stop_rpo B-23 mtp_su_error B-21 mtp_unavailable B-23
Q
query_audits
5-23
R
required parameters 1-10 reset_bsc 3-27 restart_mon 3-28 routing_syntax B-13 routing_unknown B-13
S
sabm_tx B-18 sar 6-44 sccp_conn_confirmed B-13 sccp_conn_refused B-13 sccp_conn_released B-13 sccp_msgs B-13 sccp_msgs_rx B-19 sccp_msgs_tx B-19 Security Level 1 1-4 Level 2 1-4 Level 3 1-4 Security level changes 1-4 Security Management about 1-4 set_dsp_reld_flag 2-75 set_num_ebts_download 2-76 set_span_alarm 5-25 set_span_clk_ref 2-77 set_span_length 2-78 set_xcdr_bypass 2-80 sif_sio_rx_opc B-13 sif_sio_tx_dpc B-14 sif_sio_type B-25 sl_congestion B-24 sl_stop_congestion B-24 soft_sysgen 2-81 start_db_build 2-82
N
n2_expiry
B-18
O
OMC 1-1 optional parameters 1-10 out_inter_ho B-13
P
page_req_from_msc B-24 page_req_from_msc_fail B-12 parameters 1-10 elements 1-12 index numbers 1-12 optional parameters 1-10 required parameters 1-10 Password changes 1-4 phase_locking 3-25
Index - 4
Index
S-S
start_delta 8-9 Statistic Definition bsc_access_delay B-2 bsc_switch_fail B-3 bsc_switch_success B-3 cipher_mode_fail B-3 clr_cmd_from_msc_after_ac B-4 clr_cmd_from_msc_before_ac B-4 clr_req_to_msc B-4 clr_req_to_msc_after_ac B-5 clr_req_to_msc_before_ac B-5 congestion_lost_msu B-23 conn_refused B-5 conn_req_to_msc B-6 cpu_usage B-16 frmr B-18 handover_rec_to_bsc B-6 ho_req_msc_fail B-6 ho_req_msc_ok B-7 i_frames_rx B-18 i_frames_tx B-18 in_inter_ho B-8 initl3_det_indication B-7 initl3_loc_update B-7 initl3_page_resp B-7 initl3_service_req B-7 inter_bsc_ho_delay B-8 inter_bsc_ms_fail B-8 inter_bsc_req_to_msc B-9 intra_bsc_ho B-9 intra_bsc_ho_fail B-9 intra_bsc_ho_lostms B-10 intra_bsc_ho_pri_blk B-10 intra_bsc_ho_req B-10 intra_cell_ho B-11 intra_cell_ho_fail B-11 intra_cell_ho_lostms B-11 intra_cell_ho_req B-12 invalid_frames_rx B-18 ma_req_from_msc B-12 msu_discarded B-23 mtp_changeback B-20 mtp_changeover B-20 mtp_congestion B-23 mtp_link_ins B-20
mtp_linkfail B-22 mtp_local_busy B-22 mtp_local_mgt B-22 mtp_mgt_inhibit B-22 mtp_mgt_uninhibit B-22 mtp_msu_rx B-23 mtp_msu_tx B-24 mtp_neg_acks B-20 mtp_re_tx B-24 mtp_remote_mgt B-22 mtp_remote_proc B-23 mtp_restoration B-20 mtp_sif_sio_rx B-24 mtp_sif_sio_tx B-24 mtp_sl_ack B-20 mtp_sl_alignment B-21 mtp_sl_congestion B-21 mtp_sl_error_rate B-21 mtp_sl_fail B-21 mtp_sl_fibr B-21 mtp_start_rpo B-23 mtp_stop_rpo B-23 mtp_su_error B-21 mtp_unavailable B-23 n2_expiry B-18 out_inter_ho B-13 page_req_from_msc B-24 page_req_from_msc_fail B-12 routing_syntax B-13 routing_unknown B-13 sabm_tx B-18 sccp_conn_confirmed B-13 sccp_conn_refused B-13 sccp_conn_released B-13 sccp_msgs B-13 sccp_msgs_rx B-19 sccp_msgs_tx B-19 sif_sio_rx_opc B-13 sif_sio_tx_dpc B-14 sif_sio_type B-25 sl_congestion B-24 sl_stop_congestion B-24 total_calls B-15 unsuccessful_assignment B-15 Statistics 1-3, 6-1
Index - 5
T-V
Index
stats 6-48 sysgen_mode
2-84
T
tdm_conn_test 5-27 test_vp 5-29 time_stamp 8-10 total_calls B-15 trace_call 7-8 TTY port 1-1
U
unalias 8-11 unlock_device 3-30 unsuccessful_assignment
B-15
V
vp_sched_aud_off
5-32
Index - 6

BSC MMI Commands

Cargado por

Información del documento

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

BSC MMI Commands

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

BASE SITE CONTROLLER (BSC)

BSC MMI COMMANDS

SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

BSC MMI Commands

This page intentionally left blank.

About This Manual

Global Telecom Solutions Sector 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Organization of this Manual

BSC MMI Commands

Documentation Conventions Used in this Manual

BSC MMI Commands

Error and Concerns Reporting

BSC MMI Commands

On-line Conguration Change

Global Telecom Solutions Sector 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196

BSC MMI Commands

BSC system features

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Security level changes

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Typical reference page

BSC MMI Commands

disp_level on page 4-62

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Optional parameters Basic Usage

BSC MMI Commands

"Optionally Required" Parameters

EXAMPLE 1: command <param_1> [<param_2> <param_3>

EXAMPLE 2: command [<param_1>] [<param_2> <param_3>

EXAMPLE 3: command [param_1] [<param_2> <param_3>

BSC MMI Commands

Entering numeric values

BSC MMI Commands

digit 1> <MNC digit 2> <LAC> <CI>

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Alphabetical Listing of Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

Global Telecom Solutions Sector 1301 E. Algonquin Road, Schaumburg, IL 60196

CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_cell

BSC MMI Commands

BSC MMI Commands

CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_cell

Refer to Appendix A for acceptable ranges for each element name.

COMMAND ACCEPTED: status = 0

CHAPTER 2 - CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT add_channel

BSC MMI Commands

<group_number_a> <msi_id_b> <span_id_b> <timeslot_number_b> <circuit_id> <remote_site_id>

timeslot_number_a 0-23 (T1)

group_number_a msi_id_b span_id_b

0-3 0-71 0-1

BSC MMI Commands